New evidence exposes Hitler’s Secret Refuge after World War II


Highlight Films presents: "Revealed: Hitler in Argentina", a new documentary film in production following the theory of Hitler's escape to Argentina.

In 1945, the world was convinced that Adolf Hitler and his mistress Eva Braun had committed suicide in a Berlin Bunker, though this theory lacked proper documentation and evidence.

It wasn't long until flaws in the theory surfaced.

As further historical research was conducted, rumors began to circulate that challenged the suicide theory with claims of Hitler's escape to Argentina - particularly with news of sightings of German U-boats off the Argentinean coast.

Yet, it wasn't until the recent declassification of certain documents by the Argentinean government and the FBI concerning the post-WWII era that researchers began to take the rumors seriously.

"Revealed" will examine the declassified reports and eyewitness accounts of Hitler's life in Argentina in order to recreate the dictator's final years. In spite of the intense secrecy under which he lived, many saw and even worked for Hitler.

"Revealed" will present the disturbing possibility that one of the world's most evil men was allowed to live out his final years in utter tranquility.

Research: Pablo Weschler

Producer: Noam Shalev

Duration: 60 min

Watch the trailer....

Shalev was not alone in his journey of discovering the new chapters of Hitler’s life after the war. Initially, researcher Pablo Weschler came to him with this idea a decade ago, claiming that it was a hot topic in Argentina.

Since 2005, years of devotion has been put into this project because Shalev did not want to release a “half-baked product”. The hour long documentary is set to be released in July 2014. The film crew is scheduled to visit two regions in Argentina this autumn, Bariloche in the south of Argentina and the city of Cordoba in the northern part of the country. Buenos Aries, Germany and Sweden are also to be visited in the coming months by Shalev and his team.

For all the skeptical people who may wish to reject this documentary’s theory, Shalev has some words of wisdom the disbelievers. “Nobody can prove anything because all the factual evidence, especially the one found in Russia was never verified. It cannot be verified and for every piece of evidence that was presented, there are at least 10 claims that refute it,” he told the "Voice of Russia".

Anticipation though is still building over the documentary, as e-mails flood in from ordinary people who have become fascinated with the possibility of Hitler’s escape. After seeing the trailer for the flick, most people write in from the United States, Argentina, and Chile. Very few reactions about the documentary have come in from Germany and not even one e-mail about the Hitler in Argentina theory has come from Russia. We may never know how Adolf Hitler truly died, or where he resided during his final days. Yet, mountains of documents and scores of people claim the last place Hitler saw before death took him was Argentina.

The archive evidence does not suggest that it would have been particularly difficult to escape unnoticed in Argentina

Recently the Argentine naval archive and also the Police archive declassified documents relating to the submarine U-977 and two other U-boats which allegedly unloaded close to Necochea, Buenos Aires province, on the night of 27 July 1945.

The Lahusen organisation had a network of shops, warehouses and ranches throughout Patagonia and ran the espionage network in Argentina. The police reports - and the police knew all about what was going on - describe at length the evidence of how two submarines unloaded into lorries drawn up on the beach, after which the lorries then drove into a nearby Lahusen ranch. A carload of plain-clothes police arrived next day and entered the property to question the occupants. They were then "violently ejected" by four Germans brandishing machine pistols.

After consideration the police authority at La Plata ordered the enquiry to be called off since no obvious crime had been committed, and it was perfectly normal in Argentina for heavily armed Germans to eject the police by force from their premises.

If Hitler had come down in one of the U-Boats to this location, he would never have been seen between his arrival at the Necochea ranch, and his transfer (when the dust had settled) to the supposed exile locality near San Carlos de Bariloche. The German influence in that region was very powerful even postwar, and Reich gold spoke volumes.

The U-Boats most likely  unloaded top secret military-technical equipment to Argentina.

Recently declassified documents at the Argentine Naval Archive show that Heinz Schäffer's book about him being 66-days submerged on the Schnorchel was fiction.

U-977 was within fifty miles of the Brazilian cruiser" Bahia" when she blew up on 4 July 1945. This was on the Equator.

For this reason, and because the Argentine authorities wished to disguise their knowledge of Schäffer's true activities off the Argentine coast, they got their heads together with him and invented the 66-day slow voyage which put him so far north on 4 July 1945 that (a) he could not have torpedoed the "Bahia" - something of which he was suspected at the time - and (b) he could not have been sailing as scout-boat for the two cargo U-boats off the Patagonian coast in mid-July 1945. As now appears to be the case, the "Bahia" was sunk by crew negligence - during AA practice a volley was fired into the depth charges stored on the poop deck and the stern was blown off, resulting in the loss of the ship and most of the crew.

U-977 was almost certainly the U-boat identified by hydrophones, depth charged and damaged by the Argentine torpedo boat 'Mendoza' off San Antonio del Oeste on 18 July 1945.

Ingeborg Schäffer, the wife of First Lt. Heinz Schäffer, commander of U-977, which surrendered at Mar del Plata on 17 August 1945, was asked in 2008 if her husband had brought Hitler to Argentina. Mrs. Schäffer replied, “If he did not bring him, there were another two U-Boats that could have brought him, and [my husband] could have given them food and so forth, because the others went on to Puerto Madryn". Although her comments are somewhat cryptic, she was obviously aware of other Nazi submarines in Argentine waters at the same time as U-977, information she could have got only from her husband. Schäffer’s U-977 was a Type VIIC from U-Flotille 31.

A sailor  from the 'Admiral Graf Spee,' Petty Officer Heinrich Bethe, also had recollections of the landing, and was interviewed by one Capt. Manuel Monasterio in 1977, when Bethe was living in the Patagonian coastal town of Caleta Olivia under the pseudonym Pablo Glocknick (he was also known as Juan Paulovsky). Bethe had repaired Monasterio’s car one day after it had broken down. The captain and the former Kriegsmarine petty officer immediately hit it off, and on a number of occasions over bottles of wine and local seafood, the former sailor recounted how he had lived in obscurity on the coast, and his  recollections of the U-boat landings.  

Bethe spoke of a landing area “several hours” of driving over rough roads from the city of Puerto Madryn, which is much further south than Necochea. Bethe recalled that on the evening of 28 July, he directed trucks to a determined point on the coast and from there proceeded to load a large number of boxes that came ashore on rubber dinghies from two submarines. The trucks carried the boxes to two large depositories where they were carefully unloaded. Later, about seventy people disembarked from the U-Boat. In Bethe’s opinion, “the cargo was very valuable, and the people that arrived were not common sailors like [himself], but presumably hierarchy of the Third Reich"

The Allies had believed that Argentina was beyond the range of the VIIC, a smaller class of U-Boat, but the fact remains that Schäffer reached Mar del Plata. However, Puerto Madryn was indeed beyond his range unless he stopped to refuel, as it was more than 500 miles away as the crow flies and much more following the coastline. Ingeborg Schäffer’s testimony, and other evidence from Argentine navy documents, clearly point to two separate groups of U-boats. 

A separate group included U-530, which First Lt. Otto Wermuth surrendered at Mar del Plata on 10 July—two weeks ahead of the boat that brought Hitler. This boat was in terrible condition and contained nothing of value; it may already have offloaded cargo at Necochea for Estancia Moromar. Wermuth’s interrogation report—translated from German into Spanish, and finally into English by the U.S. Navy—says that he considered landing at "Miromar" before deciding to surrender at Mar del Plata. He said that he had left Kristiansand on March 3, 1945, and proceeded to Horten in Oslo Fjord, Norway, where for some reason "not stated" he remained for two days (possibly to load cargo). He also did not explain why it had taken him more than two months to reach Argentina, nor why the submarine had no torpedoes, weapons, or ammunition on board, nor why the crew carried no identification, nor what had happened to the ship's log.

By contrast, U-977 was carrying its full complement of weapons and torpedoes when it surrendered on 17 August—a full five weeks after U-530. Wermuth’s mention of "Miromar," and the fact that getting rid of the torpedoes would have provided space for clandestine cargo, suggest that he may have had something to hide from his interrogators. He refused to say whether or not U-530 was alone, but he did say that he operated under direct orders from Berlin and that the last direct contact he had was on 26 April. Wermuth said that he did not know of any other submarines headed for Argentina, but that if any more were coming, they would arrive within a week of his own arrival.

The Nazis did very well in the war, from a business viewpoint. War is a business. It is fought for material gain. The Nazis gained materially. What they lost was territory. What they gained was treasure, new friends, and experience. The treasure included a couple of U-boats full of bearer bonds, numbered stock shares and patent certificates.

This represented:

"... the hard core of Nazi wealth in Latin America. In 1944 a great treasure had been sent secretly across the Atlantic, the famous "Bormann treasure". This operation involved the transport from Germany to Argentina of several tons of gold, securities, shares, and works of art ...

"... Several U-Boats arrived in Argentine waters after the capitulation of Germany. They were the carriers of bundles of documents, industrial patents, and securities. On 10 July  1945, the U-530 surfaced at the mouth of the River Platte and entered the port of La Plata. The following month, on 17 August, the U-977 also arrived at La Plata. In accordance with international conventions, both U-boats were interned by Argentina and later handed over to the United States authorities. 

"To the surprise of few, they were found to be empty of treasure. Two more U-Boats, according to reliable sources, appeared off an uninhabited stretch of the coast of Patagonia between  23, and 29 July 1945".

--  "The Avengers", by Michael Bar-Zohar, Hawthorn Books, 1967

In occupied Germany one could neither vote with these shares nor could one collect interest, dividends, nor royalties. When (West) Germany again "took its place among the nations of the World" in 1955, the Bundestag immediately changed all this. The holders of these once worthless scraps of paper suddenly, once again, possessed incredibly wealth.

Ingeborg Schäffer's testimony suggests that a second group of boats, responsible for the landings near Puerto Madryn described by Heinrich Bethe, might have been escorted by her husband’s fully armed U-977, which left Kristiansand on May 2, 1945—the day before U-530 sailed. Both U-530, and U-1235 from Gruppe Seewolf, had the range for the southernmost landings.

The presence of a second group of three boats is also suggested in two separate television interviews conducted in Buenos Aires with Wilfred von Oven. Oven was the personal presadjutant to Propaganda Minister Josef Göbbels between 1943 and 1945. He had accompanied the Condor Legion in Spain as a war correspondent and was acquainted with Gen. Wilhelm von Faupel of the Ibero-American Institute. Oven went into hiding in 1945 under an assumed name and fled to Argentina in 1951; a committed Nazi, he was declared persona non grata by the Federal German Embassy in Buenos Aires. Before he died in 2008, Oven was asked about a "fleet" of Nazi submarines coming to Argentina in 1945. On two occasions—once to an Argentine author, and again to a British TV crew—he replied, in what appeared to be almost a conversational slip, "No, there were only three, just three".” His interviews are rambling and given in an arch manner suggesting that he knew more than he was willing to tell, but on the matter of the three U-Boats he seemed quite lucid.

There was little option but to choose a submarine as the means to carry Hitler across the Atlantic to Argentina, but it was still a high-risk plan.

Since the tipping point in the Battle of the Atlantic in May 1943, the balance of power in the sea war had shifted. The Kriegsmarine had lost its French U-boat bases in the summer of 1944, making the approach voyages to possible patrol areas much longer, more difficult, and more dangerous. Allied antisubmarine naval and air forces with greatly improved equipment now dominated the North Atlantic sea-lanes and the waters around most of Europe, so Allied shipping losses were a small fraction of what they had been. In 1944, U-boat loss rates had outstripped the numbers of new boats being commissioned; consequently, the remaining crews and most of their commanders were much less experienced. From January through April 1945 alone, no fewer than 139 U-boats and their crews were lost. The chances of a successful submarine escape directly from northwest Europe to South America would have been slim; however, the odds improved significantly with Spain as the point of departure. 

In March 1945, nine Type IX U-Boots sailed for the Atlantic; this was the last major U-boat operation of the war, and the first such operation since the scattering of the failed Gruppe Preussen a year previously.

Two of the boats, U-530 and U-548, were directed to operate in Canadian waters, to "annoy and defy the United States". The other seven, designated Gruppe Seewolf—U-518, U-546, U-805, U-858, U-880, U-881 and U-1235—were to form a patrol line code-named Harke (“Rake”). It is believed, however, that in mid-April three of these boats opened sealed orders that would divert them southward on a special mission.

This U-Boat type was designed to be able to operate far from home support facilities. As an example of their endurance, the Type IX boats briefly patrolled off the eastern United States. Some 283 were built from 1937–44. It was not by chance the word 'Wolf' was used in the operation’s designation. From early in his career and throughout his life Hitler used the pseudonym Wolf. Among the most successful German operational techniques during the war were the "wolf-pack tactics" (known as Rudeltaktik) by which the U-boats preyed on Atlantic shipping, and the submarines themselves were lauded by the Propaganda Ministry as "Grey Wolves". It was typical of Bormann’s meticulous planning that three separate U-boats of Gruppe Seewolf were assigned to the escape mission to provide alternatives if needed and that the mission was concealed within a conventional Atlantic operation so as not to attract Allied curiosity.

The planning for this phase of the escape had begun in 1944, and navy and air force assets across the Reich had been allocated to play contingent parts in the complex and developing escape plan. One such part was a misinformation phase. In July 1944, News Agencies reported that Hitler had approved a plan for an imminent attack on New York, with "robot bombs" launched from submarines in the Atlantic. On 20  August, the Type IXC boat U-1229 (Cdr. Armin Zinke) was attacked and forced to surface off Newfoundland on the Canadian east coast, and among the captured survivors was a German agent, Oskar Mantel. Under interrogation by the FBI, he revealed that a wave of U-boats equipped with V-1 flying bombs was being readied to attack the United States. In November 1944, U-1230 landed two agents off the Maine coast; they were spotted coming ashore and arrested. During their interrogation, Erich Gimpel and William Colepaugh (an American defector) corroborated Mantel’s story. This also seemed to be supported by the prediction in a radio broadcast by the Reich armaments minister, Albert Speer, that V-missiles "would fall on New York by 1 February 1945". On 10 December 1944, New York’s mayor Fiorello La Guardia broke the story to an astonished American public. On 8 January 1945, Adm. Jonas H. Ingram, commander of the U.S. Atlantic Fleet, announced that a new wave of U-boats approaching the United States might be fitted with V-1 rockets to attack the eastern commander of the U.S. Atlantic Fleet, announced that a new wave of U-boats approaching the United States might be fitted with V-1 rockets to attack the eastern seaboard. The Nazis might launch "robots from submarine, airplane or surface ship" against targets ranging from Maine to Florida, but the U.S. Navy was fully prepared to meet the threat.

Many Americans took this V-1 scare seriously. The British dismissed it as propaganda, and—with the grim experience of four years’ bombardment and some 60,000 civilian deaths behind them, about 10 percent caused by V-1s—believed that even if such attacks occurred they would not cause a great deal of damage. After all, Hitler’s Operation Polar Bear had succeeded in hitting London with 2,515 V-1s (about one-quarter of those launched), so the handful that might be fired by a few U-boats seemed negligible. On 16 February 1945, a British Admiralty cable to the U.S. Navy chief of operations, Adm. Ernest J. King, played down the threat, while conceding that it was possible for U-boats to store and launch V-1 flying bombs. (The Germans had indeed tested a submarine-towed launch platform with some success, but were nowhere near any operational capability. There was even an embryo project, Prüfstand XII, to launch the much larger V- 2 ballistic missile at sea from a sealed container, which would be flooded at the base to swing it upright).
However, the planted misinformation achieved its purpose. It would focus American attention toward any detected pack of U-boats, such as the majority of Gruppe Seewolf, thus drawing USN and USAAF assets in the Atlantic eastward and northward—away from the latitudes between Spain’s southern territories and Argentina..

Central to the Escape Plan was the use of the 'Schnorchel', a combination of air intake and exhaust pipe for a submarine’s Diesel engines, which became widely available from spring 1944. This allowed a U-boat to cruise (very slowly) on Diesel power a few feet below the surface, while simultaneously recharging the batteries for the electric motors that had to be used for cruising at any depth. Using the Schnorchel limited a boat’s range to about 100 miles per day; it was normally raised at night, and in daylight hours the boat cruised submerged (again, very slowly) on electric power. While the theoretical ability to remain underwater twenty-four hours a day was a lifesaver for many U-boats, using the Schnorchel was noisy, difficult, and sometimes dangerous, especially in choppy seas. The low speed it imposed robbed the boats of their tactical flexibility on patrol, and remaining submerged made navigation difficult.

While no transits to Argentina could have been contemplated without the concealment offered by the Schnorchel, it also worsened the U-boats’ communication problems. Remaining submerged almost permanently made the reception of radio messages a hit-or-miss affair. Neither U-boat Command nor the British eavesdroppers at Bletchley Park near London could ever be certain when, or even if, a specific U-boat had received the orders transmitted to it. In order to receive and send anything other than long-wave signals, a U-boat had to bring its aerials above the surface, exposing the conning tower and risking radar detection. In theory, long-wave messages were detectable while submerged if the conditions were perfect, but Schnorchel boats had a poor record of picking up long-wave transmissions.

Thanks to the Decryption Experts at Bletchley Park, the Allies were well aware of the dispatch of Gruppe Seewolf in March 1945, and the relatively slow speed of Schnorchel boats —whether or not they were the rumored “V-1 boats”—gave the U.S. Navy time to organize a massive response, code-named Operation Teardrop. Convoys were rerouted further south with limited escorts, leaving most of the U.S. Navy assets free to concentrate on hunting down Gruppe Seewolf and the two associated boats. The U.S. Navy supposedly achieved devastating results, claiming seven sunk and two surrendered; however, until this day there remains uncertainty as to the extent of the attacks, and while the Kriegsmarine remained relatively ignorant about the extent of Allied naval radar capabilities—one of the best-kept secrets of World War II— the U-boat commanders were well aware of the dangers of radio location and recognized that maintaining radio silence was central to a U-boat’s chances of survival. High-frequency direction finding—HF/DF, or "Huff-Duff," introduced by the British Royal Navy—was a means of locating U-boats by taking cross bearings on the high-frequency radio transmissions they employed.

Numerous long-range listening stations were built on many of the Atlantic’s coasts, and "Huff-Duff" was also installed on the warships of Allied escort and hunter-killer groups. Any transmission from a U-boat risked betraying its rough position, allowing the hunters to close in for more sensitive searches by radar and sonar. It was not necessary to understand what the U-boat commander was saying—figuring that out was a lengthier task for Bletchley Park; for the hunters, it was enough that the commander was making himself "visible" by transmitting. In obedience to their orders, none of the Gruppe Seewolf boats transmitted any traffic after 2 April 1945. While U-boat Command sent occasional orders to the boats of patrol-line Harke, there is no actual evidence that any of them picked up these messages and acted on them. After that date, the Royal Navy’s submarine-trackers at Bletchley Park, and Western Approaches Command in the northwestern English port of Liverpool, were unable to verify the actual positions of the U-boats by using any form of direction-finding. All they had to work on was the information decrypted from U-boat Command’s transmissions to the boats, filtered through past experience and gut instinct, and as a result they had only a vague idea where the boats might be. The Admiralty situation report for the week ending 2 April stated that the U-boats were "likely to operate against convoys in mid-Atlantic but may tend to move along the estimated convoy routes in the general direction of the U.S. departure ports".

The U.S. Navy Official History claims that of the nine U-boats that sailed for the Atlantic in March and April 1945—seven of them forming Gruppe Seewolf—two surrendered at sea and seven were claimed as having been sunk. However, there was no real evidence to support the destruction of four of these boats. These four were some of the last unconfirmed U-boat sinkings at sea; the few losses of Type IX boats that sailed subsequently are well documented and correct. From December 1944, the U.S. Navy would employ four escort-carrier groups in Operation Teardrop—the carriers 'USS Mission', 'Croatan', 'Bogue', and 'Core', with no fewer than forty-two destroyers. This largest Allied hunter-killer operation of the whole Atlantic war was undertaken in the North Atlantic’s worst weather in forty years, with high winds and mountainous seas. Of the seven Gruppe Seewolf submarines facing this overwhelming force, only one was a confirmed kill.

U-546 (Lt. Cdr. Paul Just) left Kiel, Germany, on 11 March 1945, and joined the Harke patrol line on 14 April. On 23 April, aircraft from 'USS Bogue' spotted her; the next day the Edsall-class destroyer escort 'USS Frederick C. Davis' made contact, but Paul Just got his torpedoes off first, sinking the destroyer with the loss of 115 lives. A subsequent ten-hour hunt ended with the U-boat being hit and forced to the surface; Just and thirty-two survivors were rescued and shipped to Newfoundland. It has been confirmed that both there and after being transferred to Washington, Lt. Cdr. Just, two of his officers, and five seamen were treated with great and repeated brutality. The reason seems to have been American fears about submarine-launched V-1 attacks—grim confirmation of the success of the misinformation plan.

Lt. Cdr. Richard Bernadelli’s U-805 sailed from Bergen, Norway, on 17 March and also joined patrol line Harke on 14 April, later surviving several attacks from aircraft and warships. After the breakup of Gruppe Seewolf, U-805 operated off Halifax, Nova Scotia, eventually surrendering at sea on 9 May—five days after Adm. Dönitz transmitted his surrender order to all U-boats still on patrol. This crew were also interrogated about the supposed V-1 boats, but apparently were not roughly treated—after all, the war with Germany was now over.

Lt. Cdr. Thilo Bode’s U-858 left Horten in Norway on 11 March and was judged by the Royal Navy’s Submarine Tracking Room to have joined the patrol line on 14 April. It seems not to have been detected before Bode surrendered at sea on 14 May. Bode’s crew were also questioned about the alleged V-1 launchers.

U-881, helmed by Lt. Cdr. Dr. Karl Heinz Frischke, was late joining the line. It left Bergen belatedly on 7 April after problems with its Schnorchel. Frischke clearly did not pick up Dönitz’s surrender order of 4 May, and U-881 was detected and claimed to be destroyed by the destroyer escort USS 'Farquar' as it approached the carrier USS 'Mission Bay' on 6 May. However, no physical evidence of its destruction ever came to light. Nor was there any proof of the destruction of U-1235, U-880, and U-518, all claimed as sunk during Operation Teardrop. In reality, they were nowhere near where the Submarine Tracking Room thought them "likely" to be.

U-1235 (First Lt. Franz Barsch) left Bergen on 19 March and was judged by the Submarine Tracking Room to have joined patrol line Harke on 14 April. Officially, this boat was lost during the night of 15–16  April to an attack by the destroyers USS 'Stanton' and 'Frost', which assumed from a violent underwater explosion that U-1235 had been destroyed—and that it had, indeed, been carrying V-weapons. No wreckage came to the surface, and no other evidence was produced to confirm this kill. In conformity with the orders of 2 April to all Gruppe Seewolf boats, U-1235 sent no radio messages at all during its last patrol. U-boat Command certainly had no idea that the submarine was "lost",” continuing to send it orders as late as 22 April.

Lt. Cdr. Gerhard Schötzau’s U-880 had left Bergen on 14 March, and the British tracking room plotted its arrival on the line exactly a month later. The U.S. Navy Lt. Cdr. Gerhard Schötzau’s U-880 had left Bergen on 14 March, and the British tracking room plotted its arrival on the line exactly a month later. The U.S. Navy claimed that this boat, too, was "killed" in a joint attack by the destroyers 'Stanton' and 'Frost' on 15–16 April, within an hour of the destruction of U-1235. "Several underwater explosions" were assumed to have destroyed the boat, but no wreckage came to the surface or was recovered. Again, U-boat Command kept transmitting messages to U-880 until 22 April . Finally, the veteran U-518, commanded by First Lt. Hans-Werner Offermann, left Kristiansand on 12 March. U-518 was judged by the Admiralty to have joined the Harke patrol line on 14 April. The official U.S. Navy description of the loss of this boat was similar to the descriptions of U-1235 and U-880. The Cannon-class destroyers USS 'Carter' and 'Neal A. Scott' claimed the kill on 22 April, but again no wreckage came to the surface.

The Royal Navy’s brilliant Capt. Rodger Winn, head of the Submarine Tracking Room, highlighted the shaky nature of these claims. In a memorandum of 20 May, 1945, he noted, with classic British understatement, that the outcome of these actions had been reconsidered in an optimistic light, and as a result it is thought that possibly as many as 14 U-boats were sunk.… On this assumption it would follow since the identities of the boats in Norway are now well established that 11 remain to be accounted for. So far as is known these 11 boats are at sea but the Americans claim, possibly rightly, to have sunk 2 of them.… What the remaining boats are doing or intend to do is a fruitful and intriguing subject for speculation.

The same memorandum implicitly cast some doubt on the U.S. Navy’s claim to have sunk U-530, commanded by First Lt. Otto Wermuth. For a confirmed kill, that boat did indeed look surprisingly intact when it surfaced off Mar del Plata, Argentina, and surrendered to the authorities on 10 July 1945

The British Admiralty’s daily war diary for 15 April stated that an independent Liberty-class merchant ship, 'SS Samoland', saw a surfaced U-boat in the approximate position where U-518 could have been. It was steering a course of 101 degrees, back across the Atlantic in the direction of the Canary Islands—1,300 miles away, and thirteen days’ submerged cruising with Schnorchel assistance.

There is no official record of a third boat in addition to U-530 and U-977—which might have been U-1235—surrendering to the Argentine authorities at Mar del Plata. However, on 19 July 1945, the Buenos Aires daily newspaper "Critica" reported that yet another U-boat had been "surrounded by Argentine Navy vessels thirty miles off the coast of Mar del Ajo" just north of Mar del Plata. Nothing more is ever heard of this boat.

There is, however a story that the commander of what was probably U-1235 (Lt. Cdr. Franz Barsch) survived to buy a farm in Córdoba, where he was still living in 1952.

Don Luis Mariotti. the Police Commissioner at Necochea, had called his off-duty men in from their homes on the evening of the previous day, 27 July 1945, and ordered them to investigate unusual activity reported on the coast. The officers arrived at the beach to see an unidentified vessel offshore making Morse code signals, and they found and arrested a German who was signaling back. Interrogated through the night, he eventually admitted that the signaling vessel was a German submarine that wanted to put ashore at a safe place on the coast to unload. The next morning a six-man police squad led by a senior corporal decided to comb several miles of beach north and south of the place where they had caught the signaler. After some hours, they found a stretch of sand bearing many signs of launches and dinghies being beached; heavy boxes had also been dragged toward the tire tracks of trucks.

The police squad followed the tire tracks along the dirt road that led to the entrance of the Estancia Moromar. The corporal sent one of his men back to the station with his report, and then, without waiting for orders, he decided to enter the farm. The five police officers had walked a couple of miles in along the tree-lined drive when they came to some low hills, which hid the main buildings. Four Germans carrying submachine guns challenged them. The corporal had no search warrant and was seriously outgunned; he decided to withdraw and report back to his superior. Commissioner Mariotti telephoned the chief of police at La Plata. The call was taken by the latter’s secretary, who told him to do nothing and remain by the telephone. Two hours later Don Luis was ordered to forget the matter and release the arrested German.

The following month an FBI message from Buenos Aires stated: "Local Press reports indicate provincial police department raided German colony located Villa Gesell … looking for individuals who possibly entered Argentina clandestinely via submarine and during search a short-wave … [illegible] receiving and transmitting set found. Other premises along beach near same area searched by authorities but no arrests made".

In 1945 there was nothing controversial aout the idea that German submarines were operating clandestinely along the coast of Argentina. The possibilities were outlined in a letter dated as early as 7 August 1939, from Capt. Dietrich Niebuhr, the naval attaché at the Buenos Aires embassy, to his Berlin espionage controller Gen. von Faupel: “The strategic situation of the Patagonian and Tierra del Fuego coast lends itself marvelously to the installation of supply bases for [surface] raiders and submarines".

The Nazi-hunting Argentine congressman Silvano Santander had no doubts that such plans were carried out:

"These [contact points] were established, and served to supply fuel to the German submarines and raiders. The Argentine government’s tolerance of this provoked numerous protests from the Allied governments. Later on, after the Nazi defeat, these bases were also used so that mysterious submarines could arrive, bringing both people and numerous valuables".

Allied intelligence services were aware of such possibilities from at least 1943, when the Americans began actively seeking a secret U-boat refueling and resupply base near the San Antonio lighthouse. On 22 May 1945, after the end of the war with Germany, the Argentine foreign ministry informed the navy of "the presence of German submarine warships in the waters of the South Atlantic, trying to reach Japanese waters"; and on 29 May, the Argentine navy carried out anti-submarine operations in the Strait of Magellan to prevent submarines passing from the Atlantic to the Pacific. This did not stop the traffic. The federal police reported that on 1 July 1945, two persons landed from a submarine near San Julián, on the Atlantic coast near the southern tip of Argentina and the Strait of Magellan. The two Germans paddled ashore in a rubber boat and were met by "a person who owned a sailboat". The police said that the submarine was refueled from "drums hidden along the coast".

Such stories were nothing new. In January 1945, Stanley Ross, who had been a correspondent in Buenos Aires for the "Overseas News Agency", reported that Nazi submarines had intensified their activities, bringing "millions of dollars in German war loot to this hemisphere to be cached here until the Nazi leaders could claim it". Ross went on to write, " A Nazi submarine surfaced near the Argentine coast at Mar del Plata. It was seen to transfer to a tugboat of the Axis-owned Delfino line of Buenos Aires some forty boxes, and the person of Willi Köhn, chief of the Latin American Division of the German Foreign Ministry".

Col. Romulo Bustos commanded an Argentine coastal anti-aircraft unit at Mar del Plata in the southern winter of 1945. In early June he was ordered by his superiors to cover a broad section of the coast between Mar del Plata and Mar Chiquita, to oppose any attempts by German U-boats to land and disembark; if anybody did disembark, he was to take as many prisoners as possible.

"My group had to cover the area near Laguna Mar Chiquita, a few miles to the north of the naval base. We had nine cannons; we were ready to open fire. One dark night I saw light flashes from the sea to the coast, [directed] at a spot near the place where we were. I contacted the leader of our group. When he arrived at our position, the flashes had stopped." but when the commander was about to leave, the flashes started again. As there were no more light signals on the following nights, the whole operation was reduced to observation, and a file classified "secret," reporting these events, was sent to the admiral in command.

Bustos remembered a second incident at the end of June: "One of my soldiers found a cave almost three meters deep. We found that somebody had put three wooden shelves in the inside of the cave, ten or twenty centimeters above the high tide mark. On the shelves there were cans, the size of a beer can, without any type of identification except for one letter. The first we opened contained bread, and the next one chocolate bars. I thought the others would also have food and drinks. I then thought that this was a place to resupply either submarines or clandestine crew members who disembarked in the area. We took photos and wrote a detailed report. We took away the cans and the wood. I do not know what happened afterward to this evidence". With hindsight, the retired colonel thought it was strange that the local press did not mention what happened, since "everybody in the area was talking about it".

Col. Bustos was present a couple of weeks later when U-530 arrived in Mar del Plata on 10 July 1945.

"When I went on board, two things caught my attention: the nasty smell in the boat (although all doors were open), and finding cans identical to the ones we had seen on the beach".

The German capability to ship out personnel and cargo by submarines, on an ambitious scale and over long distances, certainly survived into the final weeks of the war. 

Dozens of U-Boat sightings off Argentina are faithfully recorded in police and naval documents. Many of them took place within the crucial period between 10 July 1945, when the Type IXC boat U-530 surrendered at Mar del Plata, and 17 August, when the Type VIIC boat U-977 surrendered at the same Argentine navy base. U-977 allegedly took sixty-six days to cross the Atlantic, submerged all the way, and U-530 made it in sixty-three days.

On 21 July, the Argentine navy’s chief of staff, Adm. Hector Lima, issued orders to "Call off all coastal patrols". This order, from the highest echelon of the military government, effectively opened up the coast of Argentina to the landings described by the 'Admiral Graf Spee' men. But despite the chase being called off by the navy, the reports of submarines off the coast kept coming in. There was a determined cover-up by highly placed members of the military government to ensure that U-530 and U-977 were the only "real"Nazi submarines seen to have made it across the Atlantic.

Columnist Drew Pearson of the "Bell Syndicate" wrote on 24 July 1945, "Along the coast of Patagonia, many Germans own land, which contains harbors deep enough for submarine landings. And if submarines could get to Argentine-Uruguayan waters from Germany, as they definitely did, there is no reason why they could not go a little further south to Patagonia. Also there is no reason to believe why Hitler couldn’t have been on one of them".

Speaking from exile in Rio de Janeiro in October 1945, Raúl Damonte Taborda—the former chair of the Argentine congressional committee on Nazi activities, and a close colleague of Silvano Santander—said that he believed it was possible Adolf Hitler was in Argentina.

Damonte said that it was "indicated" that submarines other than U-530 and U-977 had been sunk by their crews after reaching the Argentine coast; these "undoubtedly" carried politicians, technicians, or even "possibly Adolf Hitler" .

An AP article was published in the "Lewiston Daily Sun", 18 July 1945, one of many newspaper reports taken seriously by U.S. authorities, that Hitler and Eva Braun had been landed by submarine on the Argentine coast and were living in the depths of Patagonia

Che Guevara’s father, Ernesto Guevara Lynch, who was an active anti-Nazi "commando" in Argentina throughout the 1930s and ’40s, was also convinced: "Not long after the German army was defeated in Europe, many of the top Nazis arrived in our country and entered through the seaside resort of Villa Gessell, located south of Buenos Aires. They came in several German submarines".

When asked about the submarines as recently as 2008, the Argentine justice minister, Aníbal Fernández, said simply, "In Argentina in 1945, anything was possible".

The Hitler's party stayed just one night at the Estancia Moromar. 

The grass airfield at the ranch had been laid out in 1933, shortly after Carlos Idaho Gesell had bought the property. The next morning, with the waters of Lake Nahuel Huapí glinting below, they flew to the airfield at San Ramón.

In this region, the Estancia San Ramón was the first officially delineated estate to be fenced in. The ranch is isolated, approached only via an unsurfaced road past San Carlos de Bariloche. The family of Prince Stephan zu Schaumburg-Lippe had bought the estate as long ago as 1910 and still owned it in 1945.

A major vulnerability in the plan had been the fact that it was Adm. Wilhelm Canaris of the Abwehr who had first spotted the Estancia San Ramón, when he had used it himself as a bolt-hole during his escape across Patagonia in 1915. In 1944, when the plans for the Führer’s escape were finalized, Canaris’s knowledge of the estate, and of Villa Winter on Fuerteventura—which had been set up by his Abwehr agent Gustav Winter—was more than dangerous. Canaris was a long-time and effective conspirator against Hitler. Although Canaris had covered his tracks for years, he had still attracted suspicion from Himmler and the SS hierarchy, who, on general principles, had long wished to absorb Canaris’s military intelligence network under the Reich Main Security Office (RSHA). Canaris finally lost his ability to stay one step ahead of the SS and the Gestapo in February 1944, when two of his Abwehr agents in Turkey defected to the British just before the Gestapo could arrest them for links to an anti-Nazi group. Canaris failed to account for the Abwehr’s activities satisfactorily to Hitler, who had had enough of the lack of reporting to the Nazi hierarchy and instructed SS Gen. Hermann Fegelein to oversee the incorporation of the Abwehr into the RSHA. The admiral was dismissed from his post and parked in a pointless job as head of the Office for Commercial and Economic Warfare. The involvement of Abwehr personnel in the 20 July 1944, bomb plot finally led to Canaris being placed under house arrest; the noose tightened slowly, but eventually he was being kept in chains in a cellar under Gestapo headquarters on Prinz-Albrechtstrasse in Berlin.

On 7 February 1945, he was sent to Flossenbürg concentration camp, but even then he was kept alive for some time—there have been suggestions that even at this late date Himmler thought that Canaris might be useful as an intermediary with the Allies. Bormann could not take the risk that such a potentially credible witness to the refuge in Argentina and the staging post between Europe and South America would survive to fall into Allied hands. In the Führerbunker on 5 April 1945, Bormann’s ally SS Gen. Kaltenbrunner presented Hitler with some highly incriminating evidence—supposedly, the "diaries" of Wilhelm Canaris. After reading a few pages marked for him by Kaltenbrunner, the Führer flew into a rage and signed the proffered death warrant. On the direct orders of Heinrich "Gestapo" Müller, SS Lt. Col. Walter Huppenkothen and SS Maj. Otto Thorbeck were sent to Flossenbürg to tie off this loose end. On the morning of 9 April, stripped naked in a final ignominy, Adm. Canaris was hanged from a wooden beam. Although reports of his death vary, his end was not a quick one. At 4:33 that afternoon, Huppenkothen sent a secret Enigma-encoded message to Müller via Müller’s subordinate, SS Gen. Richard Glücks. The latter was "kindly requested" to inform SS Gen. Müller immediately, by telephone, telex, or messenger, that Huppenkothen’s mission had been completed as ordered. The only major figure who could have pieced together the details of Hitler’s escape and refuge in Argentina was dead.

In 1945, the Germans had complete control over access to San Carlos de Bariloche and the Estancia San Ramón. No one got in or out of the area without express permission from the senior Nazis in the area.

On 24 July, Drew Pearson had written in his syndicated column, "It may take a long time to find out whether Hitler and his bride Eva Braun escaped to Patagonia. The country is a series of vast Nazi-owned ranches where German is spoken almost exclusively and where Hitler could be hidden easily, and successfully for years. The ranches in this southern part of Argentina cover thousands of acres and have been under Nazi  [note: there were Germans in the area long before the Nazis dominated] management for generations. It would have been impossible for any non-German to penetrate the area to make a thorough investigation as to Hitler’s whereabouts".

The staff at the isolated San Ramón estate had been busy for days since being given advance warning of the impending arrival of important guests. The arrival of a security team of 'Admiral Graf Spee' sailors a week before had already added to the staff’s workload, and two new faces had joined the weekly shopping trip into San Carlos de Bariloche to ensure that no gossip betrayed the guests’ presence. The cook at San Ramón, Carmen Torrentuigi, would have been thoroughly briefed on her guests’ dietary requirements. Her rightly famed "Cordero Patagónico," Patagonian lamb, was off the menu for the time being, as were many of the other meats from the traditional Argentine "asado" or barbecue. The menu was to be heavy on vegetables, but with classic German dishes like liver dumplings and squab (baby pigeon). She was to find out later that that was "his favorite" of the many meals she would prepare for him and his wife. The Germans on the estate had taken the official news of Hitler’s "death" with an air of calm disbelief; it was with little surprise that Carmen, dressed in a clean starched apron over her homespun clothes, was introduced to the guests before supper. Hitler and Eva Braun stayed in the main house at San Ramón for nine months, while. Contact with Martin Bormann, who was still on the move in Europe, was infrequent, but his "“Organization" in Argentina was  security plans for the couple’s permanent residence were being finalized. This more private and secure refuge was nearing completion; named Inalco, it was fifty-six miles from San Ramón, on the Chilean border near Villa Angostura.

In March 1946, the San Ramón estate employees were called to a meeting and told that their guests had been tragically killed in a car crash close to the property. They were warned never to discuss the matter again. The trail in Patagonia was to go cold; not only were Hitler and Braun "dead" in the Berlin Bunker, but now they were "dead" again in Argentina. If anyone managed to follow the Hitlers to Argentina, all they would find were more stories of corpses burned beyond recognition, this time in an automobile accident.

The "Stauffenberg Bomb" of 20 July 1944, had injured Hitler more extensively than the Nazi propaganda machine had made public. The deep cold of the Patagonian winter now contributed to his "rheumatism" and he suffered from inflamed joints and stiffness in his right hand, but more distressing was the fact that the surgeons had been unable to remove all the oak splinters that had sprayed from the table that saved his life. The constant pressure from an oak fragment lodged deep in the nasal bones between his eyes caused him acute neuralgic pain during the stay at Estancia San Ramón. Hitler needed surgery. Since it was judged too much of a security risk for him to attend a hospital in Buenos Aires, he and Eva traveled north to the province of Córdoba and the Nazi hospital and health spa at the Gran Hotel Viena, at Miramar on the Mar Chiquita lake.

The Gran Hotel Viena was built by an Abwehr agent, an early Nazi Party member named Max Pahlke, between 1943 and 1945—the same period as the construction of Villa Winter on Fuerteventura and the extension of the airfield at San Carlos de Bariloche. Pahlke, the capable manager of the Argentine branch of the German multinational Mannesmann, had acquired Argentine citizenship in the 1930s, but was well known to the Allies for his espionage work in South America. The building contained eighty-four rooms, a medical facility staffed by doctors, nurses, and massage therapists, a large swimming pool, a library, and a dining room that seated two hundred. Every room had air conditioning and heating, granite floors, walls lined with imported Carrara marble, and bronze chandeliers. The facilities included a bank, a wine cellar, a food warehouse, a bakery, a slaughterhouse, an electricity generating plant, and garages with their own fuel supply. Of the seventy hotel employees, only twelve were locals from Miramar, all of whom worked outside the facility and had no contact with hotel guests. The remaining fifty-eight employees were either from Buenos Aires or from Germany, and all spoke German. In addition to a modern telephone system that connected guests with the rest of the world, the Gran Hotel Viena also had a tall telecommunications antenna on the seventy-foot-high water tower. This vantage point, and a further tower just down the coast, enabled watchful guards to spot any approach to the hotel by land, water, or air. The tiny market town of Miramar was a strange location for a huge, state-of-the-art hotel and spa complex, miles away from any major roads or other commercial routes. Pahlke, known for his business sense, had built Mannesmann Argentina into a massively profitable business. Pahlke supervised the opening of the hotel from December 1945 to March 1946; he then left. A former German army colonel named Carl Martin Krüger, the Viena’s "chief of security," was put in charge.

An immaculate figure known locally as "The Engineer," Krüger had arrived in Miramar in 1943. He did everything to make the Hitlers’ stay at the medical facility as comfortable as possible; they had an exclusive suite complete with AH-monogrammed blankets, sheets, towels, and dishes. With many local supporters, Hitler and his wife often took day-trips to Balnearia, a town some three miles from Mar Chiquita, to take tea. He had his photograph taken with other senior Nazis and would sign copies of "Mein Kampf" for well-wishers.

Where are these photos? And have any signed editions of "Mein Kampf" been found? What about artefacts - clothes, papers, possessions used by Hitler and his family - things treasured by admirers - objects that experts can examine and scientifically test? Nothing there either.

One witness to these mundane encounters said that Hitler was often "lost in thought" and would say, "Now, I am far from here". The Hitlers enjoyed their stay at the exclusive, luxurious waterside hotel. One of his bodyguards recalled that the couple would regularly walk along the shore, Hitler commenting on the wonderful sunsets. The operation to remove the splinters at first seemed to be successful, but the pain in Hitler’s face would return to plague him in later life. In February 1946, Juan Domingo Péron was finally voted into untrammeled power as president of Argentina, which must have eased any latent fears of pursuit on the part of some of the fugitive Nazis. During the late 1940s, Hitler himself would move fairly freely between strategic points in Argentina, around a triangle based on San Carlos de Bariloche; the home of his friends and early financial backers, the Eichhorns, at La Falda; and Mar Chiquita. He owned huge tracts of land in all three areas.

During this period the FBI was taking reports of Hitler being in Latin America vseriously. Thousands of documents pertaining to Hitler from these years are still classified as Top Secret' on both sides of the Atlantic; nevertheless, and despite the very heavy censorship of the few files released into the public domain, some information can be gleaned. A report from the Bureau’s Los Angeles office to Director Hoover on 5 June 1947, details material that reached the office on 16 May of that year. The origin of the information was rather naively located near either Buenos Aires or Rio de Janeiro (thousands of miles apart), but it apparently came from a familiar and trusted contact. The contact knew a former French Resistance man, who had visited Casino, near Rio Grande, a town on the southeast coast of Brazil just above the Uruguayan border. The Frenchman claimed to have seen Eva Braun and Adolf Hitler sitting at a table in a crowded hotel dining room. This was enough to prompt Hoover to ask for more detail. He received it via secret air courier on 6 August 1947, in a seven-pager from his Rio de Janeiro office entitled "Adolf Hitler and Eva Braun Information Concerning".

The former member of the French Resistance—who was traveling commercially in the Americas and had ambitions to move into journalism —had been told, through a number of contacts in Latin America, that the town of Casino in the Brazilian state of Rio Grande de Sol might provide something of interest. (The FBI was thorough in checking the provenance of their informant, whose name has unfortunately been lost to the censor’s pen). The Rio office of the FBI described Casino as consisting "of approximately two hundred scattered residences". "The majority of the inhabitants are German nationalists or are of German descent". The field officer also reported that "no one could live in Casino except persons who had homes there prior to the time it became a military area and blocked off from the rest of the surrounding community. This area allegedly became restricted three to four months before the end of the war in Europe".  The Resistance veteran’s account continued: "This was an unusual community in as much as it was necessary to secure a pass to enter the vicinity of the town, and furthermore it was practically of one hundred percent German population. This area lacked commercial establishments and consisted of villas or homes and a large hotel, which had been remodeled and was very modern. It appeared in size out of proportion to the size of the community".

Hotel Casino had one other feature in common with Villa Winter on Fuerteventura and Gran Hotel Viena at Miramar: a very large radio antenna, in this case parallel to the ground and fenced off. The Resistance man had booked at the hotel in advance (and simultaneously arranged passes to the area) as part of a group, with another Frenchman, a Russian, a Nicaraguan, an Australian, and an American. Their reason was ostensibly to attend three nights of entertainment, including a performance of "Les Sylphides", the famous ballet in one act set to Chopin’s music. With the exception of the Russian—a man well known in Brazil, at whom the management apparently looked somewhat askance—the party were welcomed courteously, both at the hotel and when invited into local homes. The first hint of something a little strange came when the Frenchman observed one of the hotel maids speaking to an attractive teenage girl with chestnut hair, who caught his eye when she gave the servant a "Heil Hitler" salute. For the first evening’s ballet performance, a large ballroom was filled to capacity by several hundred people, described by a stage manager as "rich South Americans," but the Frenchman noticed that they all spoke German. In the course of the evening, spotlights played extensively over the audience, and at one champagne-filled table the Frenchman suddenly recognized a distinctively scarred face. He identified him as a former Nazi officer named Weismann—a man who he feared might remember his own face, from occupied Paris.

The former Resistance man had been trained in the old Bertillon or portrait parlé system of identification, and he was sure of his powers of recognition. Now alerted, the Frenchman claimed also to have recognized—from her many photographs—a woman whom he identified as Eva Hitler, née Braun. When he realized who she was he scanned the table more closely, and sure enough, "There was one man … having numerous characteristics of Hitler". Though thinner, he had the same general build and age as Hitler, was clean-shaven (as described by almost all of the witnesses in Argentina), and had very short-cropped hair. He appeared to be friendly with everyone at his table. Later that same evening, the Frenchman was introduced to the young girl he had seen earlier. She gave her name as Abava, a recent German immigrant who was now a Chilean citizen. He learned that she was a "niece" of the woman he had recognized as Eva Braun and that most of the group was from Viña del Mar in central Chile, close to Villa Alemana (literally, German Town), a small city founded by immigrants in 1896. The Frenchman did not believe her; he had the distinct impression that "this young girl as well as the persons believed to be Hitler and Eva Braun actually lived in Casino". (However, the couple was simply vacationing there.) His general curiosity about the town, expressed under the cover of planning to write a travelogue describing this delightful and uncommercialized location, prompted the girl’s immediate advice that it would not be a "fit subject" to write on—the people of Casino did not like tourists. Subsequent brushes with the hotel management and Casino chamber of commerce verified her opinion, and an hour after his meeting with the latter his party were asked abruptly to vacate their rooms, as "the hotel was full". The next day, as the Frenchman was waiting, bags packed, for his car to pick him up, he saw the girl’s "aunt" and two other people leave the hotel and walk toward the sea. The woman was wearing a short beach skirt, and in the daylight he was even more positive that she was Eva Braun. 

The British and U.S. Governments had put intense pressure on the Argentine authorities to repatriate to Germany all remaining members of the 'Admiral Graf Spee' crew—those who had not escaped or disappeared—whether or not they had married local women. On 16 February 1946, the British troopship 'RML Highland Monarch', escorted by 'HMS Ajax' (one of the Royal Navy cruisers that had driven the 'Admiral Graf Spee' into Uruguayan waters in December 1939), arrived first in Buenos Aires, and then in Montevideo, to ship the German sailors home. The Argentine authorities turned over about nine hundred identity books (military identification papers) in a couple of mailbags. The boarding was chaotic, the 'Highland Monarch' was ordered to sea as soon as possible, and no one had the time to check the papers against the individuals who had embarked. Despite the Allies’ insistence, many officers and men of the "pocket battleship" had simply disappeared into Argentina. It was only on the long voyage to Germany that the documents and men were cross-referenced. Rumor had it that among them were eighty-six U-boat crewmen, whose presence in Argentina the Argentine, U.S., and British authorities were supposedly at a loss to explain, since the crews of the surrendered U-530 and U-977 had already been repatriated via the United States

The Hitler's moved into Inalco, their new mansion, after returning from holiday at Casino in Brazil in June 1947. Inalco Mansion is located in what had been plot number eight of the Nahuel Huapí agricultural colony, planned at the beginning of the twentieth century. The area was almost inaccessible until the 1960s, when the road that crosses the Andes into Chile was built. The area between San Carlos de Bariloche and Villa La Angostura in Río Negro province looks and feels distinctly European— specifically, Bavarian. It is an area of outstanding natural beauty, with snow-capped mountains and several lakes set amid mile after mile of untouched forest. A short distance from the international border with Chile, at the very furthest end of Lake Nahuel Huapí, Inalco is almost hidden from view from the lake by two small islands. The offshoot of the lake where the house was built is called Última Esperanza or "Last Hope," since it was believed by early explorers to be the last hope of finding a water-borne route through to Chile.

In the 1940s and ’50s, Inalco was easily accessible only by boat or seaplane. One regular visitor, who was said to take Hitler on regular trips to meetings in the area, was a pilot coincidentally named Frederico Führer, whose Grumman Goose seaplane was often tied up at the concrete jetty to the left of the main house’s lawn. In the boathouse next to the jetty was Hitler’s personal motorboat. A ten-bedroom mansion, Inalco is a typical example of the style of famed Argentine architect Alejandro Bustillo, who openly acknowledged the influence of Albert Speer’s work. Known colloquially as "Perón’s favorite architect," Bustillo had designed the Llao Llao Hotel complex in San Carlos de Bariloche in 1939, and in mid- or late 1943 he was commissioned, almost certainly by Ludwig Freude, to work on a future home for Hitler. The mansion looks out on Lake Nahuel Huapí and the Andes—a stunning panorama of water, forest, and snow-capped mountains that rivals Obersalzberg. It is difficult to imagine a more beautiful alpine setting nor one that was so far beyond the reach of any but the most determined intruder. At the time, the house was accessible by motor vehicle only after an arduous journey along unmade roads and tracks from the nearest township, Villa La Angostura. Lookout points were dotted around the neighboring forested hills, guarding the air and water approaches to the property. One puzzling aspect—considering how expensive the mansion must have been to build in the 1940s, and what a major task it must have been to bring the building materials to such an isolated location—was that its position, surrounded by hills and native towering trees, left it in constant shadow, never in direct sunlight.

Behind the house was a huge underground fuel tank that powered the electrical generators for the valley, and to one side a mound, now covered with trees, shows evidence of underground chambers and ventilation shafts. There were underground steel-lined chambers beneath the offices, where the "most important and sinister documents of that century" were kept.

Gerrard Williams and Simon Dunstan claim they paid "multiple visits" to Inalco. But did they find anything in this house they can prove Hitler owned and used? If they did they tell us nothing about it. And what about those "'underground steel-lined chambers,"? Have they seen those? Apparently not. There are no descriptions or photos of them in their book ... Have they seen the "most important and sinister documents" of the 20th century'? Do they know what the documents contain? Are there many, or few? Do they know where the documents are now? - If they do they're not letting on. They tell us nothing about these documents, which would excite worldwide interest and be worth millions, if they existed.

One would expect some documents. Hitler was highly articulate - frequently dictating speeches, directives and letters. Did he stop when he reached South America? Surely he would have committed his thoughts to paper so they could be published posthumously? One might expect some plans, or thoughts on a new world order, to have surfaced by now. But there's nothing, not a single sheet of paper.

Inalco was Hitler's main residence from June 1947 until October 1955. For Eva, living at Inalco was idyllic; during the summers she swam in the ice-cold waters of the lake, and in the winter enjoyed the skiing at the nearby mountain resort Cerro Catedral. In the early years, President Perón would visit too, skiing and climbing in the mountains with his Nazi friends from the Club Andino Bariloche, a mountaineering association set up in 1931 by Otto Meiling. Hitler was in congenial company at the Center and on his regular trips to San Carlos de Bariloche; the town was home to hundreds of Nazis after World War II.

As President Juan Perón explained: "When the war was over, some useful Germans helped us build our factories and make the best use of what we had, and in time they were able to help themselves too".

The German Nazis were not the only Fascists to escape to Argentina after the war. One of their most bloodthirsty allies had been Ante Paveli , the leader of the Ustaše regime in the short-lived puppet state established by the Germans in Croatia. Styling himself the Poglavnik (equivalent to Führer), Paveli had been responsible for the murders of hundreds of thousands of men, women, and children of Serbian, Jewish, and other origins in the ethnic jigsaw puzzle of wartime Yugoslavia; even some members of the Gestapo had thought Ustaše methods "bestial". Croatia was historically a Roman Catholic region, and contacts in the Vatican enabled Paveli and his whole cabinet, followed later by his wife, Mara, and their children, to travel along the ratlines to Argentina. The Perón government issued 34,000 visas to Croats in the years after the war. Indirectly, Paveli ’s escape from justice led to some of the clearest eyewitness testimony to Hitler’s presence in Argentina in 1953–54.

A carpenter named Hernán Ancin met the Hitlers on several occasions in the 1950s, while he was working for Paveli as a carpenter in the Argentine coastal city of Mar del Plata. The Croatian former dictator had a property development business there. Paveli was known as "Don Lorenzo," but one of his bodyguards said he had been president of Croatia. (Unsurprisingly, Hernán Ancin had never heard of him before—Paveli was living under an assumed name and heavily protected, but he was not well known in Argentina for his crimes). Ancin worked for Paveli ’s company from the middle of 1953 to September or October 1954. In the southern summer of 1953, the Hitlers were regular visitors to the building site where Ancin was working. On the first occasion when the carpenter saw the two former dictators together, Hitler arrived with his wife and three bodyguards. Hitler was clearly not well; he could barely walk unaided, and his bodyguards practically carried him. These meetings were held in private, but both leaders’ security men were constantly present. Ancin said Hitler seemed dependent on his bodyguards, who set his schedule. He and Paveli would converse until one of the guards said words to the effect of "that’s enough," and then they would leave. Like most other people who gave descriptions of Hitler after the war, Ancin said that while the Führer’s appearance had changed, he was "basically the same. He had white, short hair, cut military style. No moustache". One particular moment stuck out in Ancin’s memory. "When Hitler [arrived] he raised the closed fist of his right hand with his arm extended. Paveli went to him and put his hand on Hitler’s fist, enclosing it. Afterward, they smiled, and Paveli shook hands with Hitler. This was always the greeting".

Ancin saw Hitler with Paveli on five or six occasions. Paveli’s Argentine mistress (a woman from Córdoba named Maria Rosa Gel) practically never intervened in their conversations, simply serving the coffee. Hitler’s wife also kept silent; Eva had not aged well. Ancin said: " Hitler’s wife was a little heavy. She seemed to be just over forty years old. She was large, well-fed you could say. She wore work clothes, very cheap, beige, just like his. She was a woman who gave you the feeling that she had suffered a great deal, or at least that she was suffering from something, because it was reflected in her face. She always seemed worried, and almost never smiled".

From Ancin’s testimony it seems that the conversation was carried out for the most part in Spanish. "Hitler’s wife, I don’t remember—I assume she spoke a bit of Spanish, because she always said ‘thank you for the coffee.’ … Hitler spoke Spanish with difficulty, and had a strong German accent". At one of these meetings, Paveli introduced Hernán Ancin to Hitler as the carpenter who was working on the building, and invited him to join them for coffee. Hitler smiled at Ancin and made a gesture of greeting with his head, but did not offer his hand or speak. Ancin was "totally convinced" that the man was Hitler. He also saw Hitler elsewhere in Mar del Plata, at an old colonial-style house behind the San Martin Park. He saw Hitler’s car enter, and the guards at the door; he was not sure if Hitler lived there or was simply visiting (the house was in fact a Lahusen property).

While in the city Hitler always traveled by car, but on one occasion the carpenter saw him near the shore; he had gotten out of the car and was sitting on a bench contemplating the sea. Ancin thought Hitler had problems with his circulation and could not walk far; he dragged his feet, and Eva held his arm when he walked. In contrast to Paveli , whom the retired carpenter remembered as rude and hard-eyed, Ancin recalled Hitler as having "light eyes, a friendly gaze—[he was] quiet and very polite".

Probably in 1954, after their return from the dismal holiday at the Lahusen-owned house in Mar del Plata (during which Hitler’s meetings with Paveli had been observed by Hernán Ancin), Eva finally left Inalco and Hitler. She moved to Neuquén, a quiet but growing town about 230 miles northeast of San Carlos de Bariloche. 

The released FBI files on sightings of Hitler in South America, sparse as they are, are relatively extensive when compared to the mere dribble of information that has come out of the Central Intelligence Agency, but one report from the agency’s Los Angeles office does stand out. This allegedly placed the Führer in Colombia in January 1955. While ultimately unconvincing, it is unusual in that it contains a very poor quality photostat of a photograph, alleged by the CIA informant’s contact (a former SS man named as Phillip Citroen) to show Hitler, using the identity of one Adolf Schüttelmayer

In the photo "Hitler"—who at this date would have been sixty-five—still has dark hair and the classic moustache, and it is thus at odds with other, apparently better founded testimonies
. The picture is marked "Colombia, Tunga, America del Sur, 1954".

There is a town of Tunja in central Colombia, but it has no known Nazi affiliations; indeed, after World War II it became home to many Jewish refugees from Europe. The "secret" CIA report bears a disclaimer that neither the unnamed informant nor the Los Angeles station is "in a position to give an intelligent evaluation of the information and it is being forwarded as of possible interest". Even so, the fact that the CIA’s Los Angeles office thought it worthwhile to do so is significant.

Neither the FBI nor the CIA seems to have been convinced by the declaration, made with absolute confidence nearly ten years earlier by the British historian and former intelligence officer Hugh Trevor-Roper, that Hitler had died in the Bunker—an assertion made despite a complete lack of forensic evidence

Perón—who had himself come to power through the military coup of 1943—had never been blind to the danger of revolution. On 16 September 1955, a Catholic group from the army and navy led by Generals Eduardo Lonardi and Pedro Aramburu, and Adm. Isaac Rojas, launched a coup from Argentina’s second city of Córdoba. It took them only three days to seize power.

The "Revolution Libertadora" sent shockwaves through the Nazi community in Argentina.

Hitler closed the operations in the Estancia Inalco valley and arranged to move to a smaller house where he could live in complete obscurity. He moved to a property called La Clara, even deeper within the Patagonian countryside

What about the place where Hitler is alleged to have spent his last years - the La Carta retreat? This, we're told, was "even deeper within the Patagonian countryside". Why, though, are there no descriptions of the house ? Surely the place where Hitler hid for more than six years is of interest? But if the house contained any genuine objects and papers associated with Hitler we hear nothing about them. La Carta is a blank.

On 12 February 1962, at midday, the seventy-two-year-old Hitler collapsed as his caregivers were helping him to the bathroom. Three hours later he suffered a stroke that paralyzed the left side of his body. After spending a restless night, the dictator slipped into a coma. He died on 13 February 1962, at 3:00 p.m.

What happened afterwards? Who knows? There are no details of a funeral, let alone a burial place. If you hope the authors will reveal the whereabouts of Hitler's grave in South America forget it. It's the same story with Eva Braun. No funeral, or grave. So no chance of digging up Adolf's or Eva's bodies and testing their DNA. Nor have the authors seen Hitler's daughters, spoken to them, or tested their DNA.

In his Memoirs, Albert Speer recalled a conversation he had with Adolf Hitler in November 1936 concerning the Thousand-Year Reich. Hitler was standing before the massive picture window of his Berghof retreat and staring at his beloved Bavarian Alpine mountain scape, a landscape eerily similar to the view from his Patagonian home at Inalco. Hitler stated, "There are two possibilities for me. To win through with all my plans or to fail. If I win, I shall be one of the greatest men in history. If I fail, I shall be condemned, despised, and damned". To this day, the world condemns, despises, and damns Adolf Hitler and his utterly evil regime.

"After visiting these two places (Berchtesgaden and the Eagle's Nest on Obersalzberg) you can easily see how that within a few years Hitler will emerge from the hatred that surrounds him now as one of the most significant figures who ever lived. He had boundless ambition for his country, which rendered him a menace to the peace of the world, but he had a mystery about him in the way that he lived and in the manner of his death that will live and grow after him. He had in him the stuff of which legends are made".

― John F. Kennedy, "Prelude to Leadership: The Post-War Diary", Summer 1945


Hitler didn't kill himself in Berlin, but died an Old Man in South America

London, 17 October 2011 (ANI): A new book has claimed that Nazi leader Adolf Hitler did not kill himself in Berlin in 1945 but ended his days in Argentina.

British journalist Gerrard Williams, former Duty Editor at Reuters Television and Foreign Duty Editor at The BBC, Sky News and APTN,  said he and co-author Simon Dunstan found an "overwhelming amount of evidence" to suggest Hitler died an old man in South America.

Many historians say the Nazi leader died in his Berlin Bunker in 1945 - but Williams claims their research, looking at newly de-classified documents and forensic tests, challenges this.

"We didn't want to re-write history, but the evidence we've discovered about the escape of Adolf Hitler is just too overwhelming to ignore," Williams told "Sky News".

"There is no forensic evidence for his, or Eva Braun's deaths, and the stories from the eyewitnesses to their continued survival in Argentina are compelling," he claimed.

The book titled "Grey Wolf: The Escape Of Adolf Hitler" claims the Führer and his mistress Eva Braun were secretly flown out of Germany in April 1945 and taken to fascist-controlled Argentina.

It is alleged Hitler lived in the country for 17 years, initially raising his two daughters, until his death in 1962.

The book also accuses US intelligence of being complicit in the scam in return for access to Nazi war technology.

"Stalin, Eisenhower and Hoover of the FBI all knew there was no proof of him dying in the Bunker," Williams told the paper.

Within months following publication of "Grey Wolf", Williams was contacted by a retired, eighty-year-old Argentine waiter living in London. Roberto Brun, now suffering from circulatory and kidney disease, claims he was working as a server in a  private dining room in Buenos Aires at a Hotel run by the Argentine Navy in the mid-1950s. Once in 1953, and again in 1956, Brun says, he waited on Hitler. His description of the aging Führer fits very closely with those of other witnesses in Argentina from the time.

"Hitler," recalls Brun, “probably came to the hotel six or seven months after I started working, and the preparation that day was very special including bringing one special chef to cook. Mandaver [the restaurant’s manager] didn’t tell me who it was, but I knew he was a very, very big chef. I remember black hair with little touches of white, a skinny face, no moustache. When he got up from the table to walk, Mandaver was with me to one side. And all the people were respecting him. And Mandaver said, ‘do you know who it is?’ And I said 'no'. He said 'the Führer'."

According to Williams, Brun also confirmed the presence of Martin Bormann, Hitler’s faithful secretary  and the man the authors credit with masterminding the  escape plan, whose own mysterious death has never been fully resolved.

"I asked him [Brun] to describe Bormann and he looked at me carefully. He said that Bormann looked a lot like me but was a little 'skinnier'." Williams added, "This is the second time I have been compared with the Nuremburg-convicted war criminal Bormann. The first was in Argentina when I interviewed the former personal police-guard to President Juan Domingo Perón, Jorge Collotto. Collotto, whose detailed testimony is contained within "Grey Wolf", also told me I bore more than a passing resemblance to Bormann".

While Williams and Dunstan theorize Hitler’s escape to Argentina was accomplished with the support of the government of Juan Perón, Brun posits that the Führer’s long-term benefactor during his life in South America was Admiral Isaac Rojas, the former military aide to first lady Eva Perón. Three years after Evita’s 1952 death, Rojas sailed the Argentine cruiser 'Belgrano' into the Río de la Plata, fixed its main gun battery on the Casa Rosada, and demanded the resignation of President Juan Perón. "Damn it," Perón is supposed to have exclaimed at the time, "this fool Rojas is the sort of man who is likely to shoot". After the overthrow of Perón, Rojas assumed the Vice-Presidency of Argentina and would remain an influential force in Argentine political life until his death in 1993.

Williams said the details of Hitler’s presence in Buenos Aires are currently being thoroughly checked.

"We know the restaurant in the Hotel was run by a wanted Vichy war criminal who escaped France under sentence of death. This man, a Corsican who always carried a gun, had been an Hotelier or Restaurateur in occupied Paris and had collaborated extensively with the Nazis.  In Buenos Aires he was involved in the Bormann Organization and aspects of organized crime including possibly Heroin smuggling and Bank robberies".

Brun has also described Hitler’s wife as being present in the hotel before one of the dinners in which he waited upon the escaped Nazi Leader.

Williams said, "He told us there was a group of ladies for tea, and he had been told by his Corsican boss to be very careful with these woman because they were all related to these people".

"He told us that Eva Hitler was about 40, not pretty, semi–pretty, very reserved and very demanding, she gave ‘strong’ orders, and was dressed in the fashion of the time. She was the boss there".

In addition to Brun, two residents of Rio Negro, Argentina, have come forward to give Williams further details on the arrival of Nazis at the San Ramon Estancia outside San Carlos De Bariloche. Williams reports that both speak of their parents waiting on Hitler and Eva Braun at the Nazi-owned property in 1945, and later at a property known as 'Inalco' near Villa Angostura on Lake Nahuel Hapi. Meanwhile, a retired American businessman who spent many years in South America has offered information on what he says was Hitler’s funeral near Bariloche in Argentina.

Further supporting testimony for the daring escape from a devastated Berlin has come from a British man who was told of Hitler’s flight by a senior German Air force officer almost 15 years ago. Mr Joe Potter, an amateur aviation archaeologist told the authors, “I was told this same story back in August 1997, by a 77-year old former Oberleutnant in the Luftwaffe, at the time I was very skeptical, but now! This guy was Heinz-Georg Möllenbrok, a real dinosaur, who really worshiped AH, his most treasured possession was a photo he had of himself with AH when he was in the Hitler Youth in 1936 or 7, he would always say that AH was betrayed by the Army Generals. He stayed with us for several days in August 1997, this was in relation to a Luftwaffe grave that I had identified in our local cemetery".

Potter remembered, “Heinz was an accomplished artist, he showed me a portrait of AH in his later years that he had drawn without the traditional moustache, as to if this was from his imagination, or not, I have no idea, the only thing that I can remember about it was the eyes, there was something that I found very disturbing about them.”

Potter told the authors, “I remember this very well as it was the eve of Princess Diana's death, he told me that AH had died in Argentina in 1962. I was staggered and dismissive, but he was insistent about Fuerteventura being very important, Sad to say I was not really listening and thought it was just a fairytale, how wrong was I? Heinz passed away about two or three years ago, but was fairly well known in the Luftwaffe historical fraternity in the UK".  According to Williams and Dunstan’s research, the Canary Island of Fuerteventura was where Hitler and his party met with a group of three U-boats from “Operation Seewolf” that would deliver the fleeing Führer to the Argentine coast 53 days later in June 1945.

Möllenbrok’s testimony has been further backed up by new research by the authors which shows Japan’s top surviving diplomat in Berlin, later interviewed by US officers in Tokyo, also declared under interrogation that Hitler had escaped, by aircraft, from Berlin.

Williams said, "The publication of "Grey Wolf" was never going to be the end to this story. All we ever wanted to do was find out the truth about the end of one of the worst and most evil men in History. The new information we are receiving needs to be thoroughly checked, but as with the information in the book, it is compelling. We may not have got all the details of Hitler’s escape correct so far, but one thing is certain, he did escape".


Hitler Debate Heats Up As New Evidence is Presented About His Escape to Argentina
21st Century Wire
24 April 2014

Mainstream accepted history tells us that on 30 April 1945 deep inside a Berlin Bunker, the infamous Nazi leader Adolf Hitler took his own life and that of his wife Eva Braun. That piece of history is now being serious challenged, but not without its share of controversy.

Recently unearthed evidence comprised of eyewitness accounts and other supporting FBI documents, tell a different story – that Hitler did indeed escape the Bunker in the final days of the Fall of Berlin, flying to Denmark, then to Spain where General Franco supplied him with an aircraft to the Canary Islands, and finally to the Argentine coast by way of a German submarine. After settling in Argentina, Adolf Hitler eventually died of respiratory disease on 13 February 1962, at the age of 73. It would be an incredible story, if it wasn’t so compelling.

Controversy and disputes over how the evidence has been presented threaten to mire the debate, but one thing is very clear – it’s opened a can of worms for mainstream historians who had stood by the orthodoxy of a 70 year old "official" arrative. Last week, the mainstream media coverage by London’s "Express" Newspaper added fuel to the debate citing more claims that the Führer had escaped to Argentina.

The "Express" crowed on 18 April, "Adolf Hitler escaped by submarine to Argentina, where he lived in a heavily guarded ranch at the end of the Second World War suffering from asthma and ulcers, according to sensational claims contained in newly released FBI files".

According veteran investigative journalist and co-author of "Grey Wolf: The Escape of Adolf Hitler", Gerrard Williams, the information contained in those FBI files and other sources are neither new, nor are they necessarily "sensational", but due to some shoddy mainstream journalism, many facts are being misinterpreted by mainstream journalist who have suddenly happened upon the story.

Filmmaker and author of "Grey Wolf", Williams, explains:

"The files have been available for 10 years. We investigated them extremely thoroughly in "Grey Wolf" and reference in detail the most interesting ones."
"The "Express" only needs to look in its own files for the period post-war and they will find many references – as did we, to Hitler’s escape, reported by their own staff and by Reuters and the AP."  This FBI Story is very lazy ‘journalism’. The story appeared, and not for the first time,  on "Red Flag News" and was simply lifted, over a month later, by Owen Bennett at the "Express". If they want to treat the story with the seriousness it deserves I would recommend they read "Grey Wolf" and listen to the report from the BBC’s own Thomas Cadett, embedded with the Soviets when they took the Bunker in Berlin. It still amazes me that anyone is still taken in by Trevor-Roper, a medieval Historian put in by British intelligence to solve one of History’s greatest mysteries. Why not Scotland Yard or the FBI?  The man famously went on to authenticate 'The Hitler Diaries', which were a complete fraud", added Williams.

Most certainly, one of driving forces behind the renewed debate and the establishment buckling on this historical sacred cow has been the surprise international success of the book "Grey Wolf", co-authored by Gerrard Williams and noted war historian Simon Dunstan. The recent discovery that Hitler’s alleged skull in Moscow is actually that of a female – as well as a number of newly uncovered documents, has provided additional support for their case. Their book is the culmination of 14 trips to Argentina, and Berlin and to the Kew Archives, and the collation of other research and local sources. Since its release in 2012, it has been translated into 16 languages in over 30 countries, including English, Russian and Arabic, and has already has received a number of positive endorsements and reviews.

This year the story may go into additional overdrive. A sister documentary film to the book is being released this year, available on DVD and Download in the UK from May 18th, and with distribution deals ready for the US, Canada and Scandinavia. It has already been available in Australia and New Zealand since the beginning of the year and has already been broadcast there by the History Channel, and also in Serbia.

"21st Century Wire" was one of the first outlets to give British and world audiences an early peek into the story when it featured its interview with Williams in a 1 hour special ‘Fourth Reich in the Sun’, which aired on SKY’s PSTV in 2012.

New Book Claims Hitler Fled to South America
by Bob Flanagan
July 1, 2014
Moscow| A new book by Russian author Dimitri Boryslev claims Adolf Hitler did not commit suicide in his Berlin Bunker, but instead fled in a submarine with many high ranking nazi officials to different parts of South America.

The news comes at a crucial time, as recently declassified FBI files in 2014 claimed J. Edgar Hoover had information concerning leads about Hitler's possible escape to Brazil, Paraguay and Argentina.

Dimitri Boryslev, who was an operative for the KGB under Nikita Khrushchev and later governments, claims it was a well known fact in Russian Intelligentsia that Hitler's body had never been found and was even tought in Russian schools until the 70's.

"Until his death in 1953, Stalin always believed that Hitler had escaped. In 1945, Stalin told the Allies this same information but was met with great skepticism. Since then, Stalin never trusted the West again. He believed the West had made a secret pact with Hitler, who would have given them information on weapon technology and stolen treasure locations," explains the 93 year old man.

The proclaimed skull of Hitler was tested in 2006 by an independent forensic pathologist and declared to possibly be the remains of Hermann Lündeft, a well known Hitler look alike. Analysis of the teeth of the skull revealed discrepancies of age but also did not show traces of syphilis, a disease Hitler contracted in his youth, possibly from a prostitute in 1908 Vienna, but those sources are questionable. People suffering from syphilis have teeth that are smaller and more widely spaced than normal and which have notches on their biting surfaces, a trait easily recognizable to experts. Adolf Hitler received treatment for syphilis before and during World War II.

Another fascinating claim advanced by the author is that Otto Günshe, who was a Sturmbannführer in the Waffen-SS and later became Hitler's personal assistant and was eventually given orders by Hitler to burn his body after he had died, revealed in his diary several days before his death that he was ready to tell the world the truth about Hitler never committing suicide.  He was found dead days later, having sweat to his death in his sauna where his house-keeper found him at temperatures over 80 degrees celsius. A death the author claims, is very suspicious.

"This crucial eye witness of Hitler's last moments suddenly dies after he writes in his diary that he his going to spill his guts about the whole affair. It is possible there are still people or governments that are not interested in these facts being revealed to the world. How would the U.S.A. look if people learned they let Hitler live in exchange of war secrets and stolen treasure, possibly worth billions in today's money?" he concludes.

As this heavily guarded piece of history begins to unravel, more people will be compelled to ask that fundamental question: if one of the most important historical conclusions of the 20th century has been covered-up, then what else have we been lied to about?

Certainly, that’s a question we would all like answered one day.

Did Hitler flee Bunker with Eva to Argentina, have two Daughters and live to 73?
Mail Online
28 October 2013 

Though it was approaching midnight in Berlin, the streets were far from dark. On every street, fires raged out of control as the intense and savage Russian artillery bombardment crept closer to the centre of the Third Reich.

By that late hour on the night of 27 April 1945, there was not one person in Germany who thought that the Nazis could still win.

Deep in his Bunker, even the man who had brought such destruction to his country - indeed, to the world - knew that the war was over. As Adolf Hitler gazed at a portrait of his hero,

Frederick the Great, King of Prussia and a brilliant military mind, he was certain there would be no eleventh-hour reversal of fortun

The Führer, in 1934 had purchased a portrait of his great hero Frederick the Great of Prussia by the Swiss painter Anton Graff (1736–1813) for the then considerable sum of 34,000 Reichsmarks. It was his favorite painting and it traveled with him everywhere.

The so-called ‘miracle weapons’ had never arrived, and his once mighty armies existed more in memory than in flesh and steel.

At the beginning of October 1942, the Third Reich Had been at the zenith of its success. The empire occupied by Hitler’s armies stretched from the Arctic Seaof northern Norway all the way south to the deserts of North Africa, and from the Atlantic coast of France eastward to the Volga River, deep inside the Soviet Union.On the North African front of the Wehrmacht, Field Marshal Erwin Rommel’s 'Deutsches Afrika Korps' was poised on the border of Egypt for a final offensive to capture the Suez Canal—the vital jugular vein of the British Empire. On the Volga, Gen. von Paulus’s Sixth Army was fighting its way yard by yard into the city of Stalingrad in savage street fighting. If the Suez Canal and Stalingrad were to fall to the Germans, then the oil fields of the Middle East and the Caucasus would be theirs for the taking, fueling the German war machine with the essential lifeblood of warfare to sustain itself for decades.Meanwhile, the ships from Canada and the United States carrying the fuel, the munitions, and the very food that beleaguered Britain needed to sustain itself afterthree exhausting years of war were being sent to the bottom of the Atlantic in appalling numbers by German submarines.

On more than one occasion during the end-of-the-war conferences with his generals in the Führerbunker, Hitler boasted that Germany would soon be in the possession of weapons that would snatch victory from the jaws of defeat at "five minutes past midnight".

All the Wehrmacht had to do was hold out a bit longer. And above all, it must hold Prague and lower Silesia. Of course, the standard historical interpretation of these and similar utterances by the Nazi leadership near the end of the war explains them - or rather, explains them away - by one of two standard techniques. One school understands them to refer to the more advanced versions of the V-1 and V-2, and on rare occasions, the intercontinental A-9/10 rockets, the jet fighters, anti-aircraft heat-seeking missiles, and so on that the Germans were developing.

Sir Roy Fedden, one of the British Specialists sent to Germany to investigate Nazi secret weapons research after the war, left no doubt as to the deadly potential these developments held:

"In these respects (the Nazis) were not entirely lying. In the course of two recent visits to Germany, as leader of a technical mission of the Ministry of Aircraft Production, I have seen enough of their designs and production plans to realize that if they had managed to prolong the war some months longer, we would have been confronted with a set of entirely new and deadly developments in air warfare".

-- "The Nazis' V-Weapons Matured Too Late" (London: 1945)

"After watching the V-1 and V-2 firing trials at Blizna and Cracow, Poland, in April, 1944, Hitler is reported to have stated that German secret weapons were not the product of dreamers and that England and the whole world would soon feel their effect. It wasn’t until allied technicians examined German developments in this field that we fully realized the tremendous achievements of German scientists, and how near they were to achieving the boasts of their leader.

"The Germans were preparing rocket surprises for the whole world in general and England in particular which would have, it is believed, changed the course of the war if the invasion had been postponed for so short a time as half a year".

-- Lt. Col. Donald Leander Putt, Dep. Cmmd. Gen., AAF Intelligence, Air Technical Services Command

"To the German scientists, the V-2 was just a toy. The V-1, V-2 and Me 262 certainly high technology for the British and Americans, but compared with the Sänger bomber, the A9/A10 rocket (both ready or almost ready in 1945) or the flying discs, they were only toys".

-- Lt. Col. John A. Keck, 28 June 1945

The other standard school of interpretation explains such remarks of the Nazi leadership as the utterances of madmen desperate to prolong the war, and hence their lives, by stiffening the resistance of their exhausted armies. For example, to make the insanity gripping the Reich government complete, Hitler's ever-faithful toady and propaganda minister, Dr. Josef Göbbels also boasted in a speech near the end of the war that he had seen "weapons so frightening it would make your heart stand still".

The Führer had three options.

He could allow himself to be captured by the Russians; but the humiliation was unthinkable. He could kill himself, but who could possibly replace him? A Fourth Reich would surely rise, and he would be needed to lead it. That left one option: Escape.

Everything had been prepared to the last detail by the shady head of the Gestapo, Heinrich Müller, right down to the clothes worn by the body doubles that would pass for the corpses of Hitler and his intended bride, Eva Braun.

The Ju 52 Tri-motor was the type most suitable for flying out the Führer and his party; the standard Luftwaffe transport aircraft throughout the war, it was elderly, slow, but extremely robust, could carry up to eighteen passengers, and needed a relatively short takeoff and landing run. The wide boulevard at Hohenzollerndamm was not perfect, but it was the best available. The underground railway system—the U- Bahn—offered a safe route from the government quarter to Fehrbelliner Platz, and from there (so long as the area was still held by German troops) it was a short drive to the proposed landing strip.

Crucial to the plan, however,  was the most up-to-date intelligence about the situation on the ground, and during his reconnaissance sorties Fegelein had identified an officer whom he trusted to supply it. SS Lt. Oskar Schäfer, a veteran of France and the Eastern Front as a Waffen-SS infantryman, had been wounded several times. Now commissioned as a Panzer officer, he was assigned to SS Heavy Tank Battalion 503, and his Tiger II was one of a handful of these 76.9-ton monsters from that unit that were still fighting in the heart of Berlin.

Late on 27 April 1945, Schäfer and two comrades were summoned to the Reich Chancellery command Bunker with orders to report directly to SS Gen. Mohnke for a thorough debriefing on the situation at Fehrbelliner Platz and the Hohenzollerndamm. Mohnke closely questioned Schäfer—who had been slightly wounded in action—about the disposition of his troops and the likelihood of a breakthrough by the "Ivans" attacking his positions. Schäfer gave as detailed a report as possible: it was his opinion that they could hold the area for no longer than two more days, and the other two officers agreed. After Schäfer had had a night’s rest, Mohnke awarded him the coveted Knight’s Cross, writing the citation into his Soldaten Buch.

At the Fehrbelliner Platz station,  three Tiger II tanks and two SdKfz 251 half-track armored personnel carriers were to wait to take the fugitives on the half-mile drive to the makeshift airstrip on the Hohenzollerndamm.

As his office clock struck midnight, Hitler turned to his orderly and nodded. Twenty minutes later, three figures emerged from a secret tunnel connecting the Bunker to the surface.

Had any German citizen spotted them, he or she would have been astonished to see the Führer scuttling away like the cowards he so despised. Accompanying him were Eva Braun and her brother-in-law, Hermann Fegelein.

Dodging fires and explosions, the small party made its way to the vast Hohenzollerndamm that ran through the centre of Berlin. Once a fashionable boulevard, it was now a makeshift runway, and on it sat a Junkers Ju 52 transport aircraft, its engines being gunned by Captain Peter Baumgart, an experienced Luftwaffe pilot

The Junkers Ju 52 (nicknamed 'Tante Ju' (Aunt Ju) is a German trimotor transport aircraft manufactured from 1931 to 1952. It saw both civilian and military service during the 1930s and 1940s. In a civilian role, it flew with over twelve air carriers including Swissair and Deutsche Luft Hansa as an airliner and freight hauler.
In a military role, it flew with the Luftwaffe as a troop and cargo transport and
briefly as a medium bomber. The Ju 52 continued in postwar service with
military and civilian air fleets well into the 1980s.

Hitler used a Deutsche Luft Hansa Ju 52 for campaigning in the 1932 German election, preferring flying to transport by train. After he became Chancellor of Germany in 1933, Hans Baur became his personal pilot, and Hitler was provided with a personal Ju 52. Named Immelmann II after the World War I ace Max Immelmann, it carried the registration D-2600. As his power and importance grew, Hitler's personal air force grew to nearly 50 aircraft, based at Berlin Tempelhof Airport and made up of mainly Ju 52s, which also flew other members of his
cabinet and war staff. In September 1939 at Baur's suggestion, his personal
Ju 52 Immelmann II was replaced by the four-engine Focke-Wulf Fw 200 Condor, although Immelman II remained his backup aircraft for the rest of World War II.

Hitler and his companions climbed aboard the aircraft, and before they could even sit down, Baumgart pushed the throttle forward. Within a minute, the plane soared into the air, heading north.

The Führer refused to look out of the window, unwilling to face the hell he had left behind. He was heading to a new life — and a new world. That life, as it would be for so many other Nazis, would be in Argentina.

Hitler’s route there was tortuous, but necessarily so for the most wanted man in the world.

After landing in Denmark, he flew to Spain, where General Franco supplied him with an aircraft to take him to the Canary Islands.

From there, the Führer took a submarine to the Argentine coast, where he disembarked near the small port of Necochea, some 300 miles south of Buenos Aires.

Hitler would never again set foot outside Argentina. And though his dreams of a new Reich would never be fulfilled, he did at least find some form of domestic happiness by marrying Eva Braun, with whom he had two daughters.

Finally, after 17 years in hiding, one of the most evil men in history died on 13 February 1962, aged 73. It was to his bitter disappointment that his old foe, Winston Churchill, had outlived him.

To most of us, such a story sounds like utter fantasy. But there are some who regard it as the absolute truth.

The notion that Hitler escaped from his Berlin Bunker has held conspiracy theorists in thrall since the war ended. It has now reared its improbable head once more.

This weekend, it emerged that the story of Hitler’s supposed escape to Argentina has become the subject of a bitter plagiarism row.

In their book, "Grey Wolf: The Escape Of Adolf Hitler", British authors Gerrard Williams and Simon Dunstan argued that the Führer escaped exactly in the manner described above, and did indeed see out his days in South America.

However, an Argentine journalist, Abel Basti, who comes from the Patagonian town of Bariloche, where so many Nazis ‘retired’, claims that Williams and Dunstan appropriated his research, and he is seeking compensation.

Williams and Dunstan strenuously deny Basti’s accusation.

"Basti did in no way invent the idea of Hitler being alive in Argentina," says Williams. "Books on the subject existed as far back as 1953 and 1987. I have never plagiarised anyone’s work".

To outsiders, the row looks like three bald men fighting over a comb. The idea that Hitler could have escaped - and kept that escape hidden - seems farcical.

And yet many continue to believe it. Tens of thousands of Nazis escaped after the war, including the notorious Adolf Eichmann and Josef Mengele. Is it not possible that Hitler escaped with them?

It is a fact that Adolf Eichmann and Klaus Barbie were caught in South America, and that Dr. Josef Mengele lived in Brazil until 1979.  Mengele eluded capture. He drowned while swimming off the Brazilian coast in 1979 and was buried under a false name. His remains were disinterred and positively identified by forensic examination in 1985.

That Hitler could hide among sympathizers in Argentina is not at all improbable, if under an assumed identity and living anonymously without drawing attention to himself as other escaped Nazis had done.

As Gerrard Williams says, there have been many versions of the Hitler escape story, and they have been spun ever since May 1945.

In the years immediately after the war, there was no hard proof that Hitler had, in fact, died. One of the problems that investigators encountered was the lack of any physical evidence for his death.

The existence of skull fragments, found by the Russians near the Führer’s Bunker and believed to be his, was not known to the West until 1968. Then, in 2009, DNA testing of the bones revealed that in fact they belonged to a woman. 

This has given the fantasists added ammunition to claim that Hitler didn’t die in the Bunker.

In the immediate aftermath of the war, British and U.S. intelligence services received countless reports suggesting the former Nazi leader had been spotted alive and at large.

In September 1945, it was claimed that Hitler and his private secretary, Martin Bormann, had boarded a luxury yacht in Hamburg and had sailed to a secret island off the coast of Schleswig-Holstein.

The next month, staff at the British Legation in Copenhagen informed the Foreign Office that a Danish woman had told them that a friend had dreamed that Hitler was disguised as a monk and living in Spain.

In December, the Americans were "reliably informed" that Hitler had boarded a submarine off the island of Majorca, where he had been living in a hotel with a group of nuclear scientists. Then there were claims that he was living as a hermit in a cave in Italy, or working as a shepherd in the Swiss Alps.

There were those who stated that he’d hidden himself in Antarctica, or even further away still — the Moon!

There is the claim that Nazi rocket technology was more advanced than the Allies realized, so that Hitler was able to escape to the Moon. A variation suggests that the Nazis had made contact with UFOs and established a base on the Moon, where the air is breathable and the environment habitable, but NASA claims otherwise, to keep other nations from exploring there.

The beauty of the lunar thesis is that it cross-fertilizes another famous conspiracy theory: that the Moon landing was simulated in a Hollywood studio. If the Moon is in the hands of the Third Reich, the US flag cannot truly be flying there. Then we get into all the geometric technicalities of how the shadow of the flag was lying in the wrong direction. Better not to go into all that again, at a time when NASA is fighting for funding.

All these reports, no matter how ridiculous, had to be taken seriously and investigated. One after the other, they were found to be groundless.

Some were undoubtedly the products of a Soviet disinformation campaign. For a long time, the Russians believed that the Allies were sheltering Hitler, and they put about these fake stories in an attempt to flush out what they thought to be the truth.

Mar­shal Georgy Zhukov, said on 6 August 1945: "We found no corpse that could be Hitler" and he claimed that since Hitler’s body had still not been found, he "could have flown away at the very last moment". Even General Eisenhower, the former Allied supreme commander, appeared to be taken in.


Gen. Dwight D. Eisen­hower stated pub­licly on 12 Octo­ber 1945: “There is every assump­tion that Hitler is dead, but not a bit of con­clu­sive proof that he is dead". He told the "Asso­ci­ated Press" that "Russ­ian friends" had informed him that they had been "unable to unearth any tan­gi­ble evi­dence of his death". One U.S. sen­a­tor went as far as offer­ing one mil­lion U.S. dol­lars for proof of Hitler’s death. It has never been claimed.

Today, the vast majority accept that Hitler shot himself in the Bunker in Berlin on 30 April 194

After the war, the historian and MI6 officer Hugh Trevor-Roper was commissioned to investigate Hitler’s death.

He spoke to many of those who were present in the Bunker during those last fateful days.

They all said the same thing: Hitler had killed himself, and his body and that of Eva Braun were cremated with Petrol. If Hitler had hot-footed it to the Southern Hemisphere, then all these people would have had to have been lying - and to have kept it secret until their dying days.

It is simply impossible to believe that so many people could keep such a grand scale deception so quiet.

The fact that Hitler's corpse had apparently not been found in Berlin caused considerable consternation in the Western press.

A "Toronto Daily Star" editorial commented anxiously on 18 July 1945:

"It is becoming apparent that indisputable proof of Hitler's death either during the past ten weeks or at some early future date, if he should still be alive, is highly desirable for psychological as well as for practical reasons. Unless his demise is beyond argument...the world is in for a potentially dangerous Hitler Legend. This might become a psychological weapon in the efforts of German leaders eventually to restore the self-confidence and revive the truculence of this people who for so long have been intolerable disturbers of international peace". 

Indeed, the very title of the editorial, 'To Destroy Hitler, Whether Man or Myth', implies that it was considered as important to destroy Hitler "the myth" as Hitler "the man". By mid-1945, the public was being asked to choose between a proliferating number of escape stories and the suicide theory.

Count Folke Bernadotte's book "The End: My Humanitarian Negotiations in Germany in 1945 and Their Political Consequences", was published in Stockholm on 15 June 1945, only five weeks after the end of the war in Europe. This short book commands the distinction of being the first insider account of the closing phase of the Third Reich. It contains an appendix in which Bernadotte recounted the story of Hitler's fate as it had been related to him by SS Reichsführer Heinrich Himmler's intelligence chief, SS-Brigadeführer Walter Schellenberg, in Stockholm shortly after the war. No more authoritative version of Hitler's demise can exist than such an account given freely, within a few weeks of the events themselves, and by one of the best-informed men in the Reich. While it is true that Bernadotte shared the Allies' goal of preventing the growth of a "Hitler Legend", there is no reason to believe that he misrepresented Schellenberg in order to do so. There has never been, and probably never will be, a more reliable "inside" account of Hitler's fate than that furnished by Schellenberg.

For the Western intelligence agencies, the problem was that Schellenberg told Bernadotte that Hitler had been murdered. According to Schellenberg, the state of Hitler's health had become a subject of discussion between Himmler, Bormann and himself in early April after Schellenberg had established that Hitler was suffering from Parkinson's disease. Schellenberg believed that Himmler had slowly and only very reluctantly awakened to the necessity of having to do away with Hitler, whose increasingly erratic behaviour was endangering the war effort. Schellenberg told Bernadotte that he believed that Hitler had been given a lethal injection, probably on 27 April 1945. He told Bernadotte that he had determined the date on the basis of certain "calculations", implying that he had possessed pieces of information which, while he did not share them directly with Bernadotte, enabled him to deduce the most probable date.

It was almost certainly the publication of Bernadotte's book, whose content was being summarized in the US and Canadian press as early as 16 June, which forced the Western Allies to go public, prematurely, with stories of captives claiming to have been actual eyewitnesses to the events which Schellenberg did not pretend to have seen himself.

The British response to the burgeoning Hitler escape stories was not long in coming. In September 1945, Brigadier Dick White, commander of the Intelligence Bureau in the British Zone of Occupation, commissioned Major Hugh Trevor-Roper, a young Oxford-trained historian who, since 1943, had supervised the work of the Secret Intelligence Service's Radio Intelligence Section (RIS), to investigate, at least ostensibly, the circumstances of Hitler's alleged death.

This was the opening phase of the British establishment's fabrication of a narrative of the last days of the Third Reich that made short work of Hitler "the myth". Given that his only previous publication was a biography of a 17th-century English archbishop, William Laud, and that he neither read nor spoke German, Trevor-Roper was a curious choice for such a task. What's more, as the world saw in the 1980s, he authenticated the spurious "Hitler Diaries", even though the task of determining the authenticity of a single document would have been much simpler than that of establishing the truth about Hitler's demise.

During the last three months of 1945, according to the official story, Trevor-Roper and a team of intelligence agents travelled through Germany, tracking down and interrogating bunker survivors. However, this procedure did not bear a great deal of fruit, probably because most survivors were interned in Soviet prisons and concentration camps.

In addition to uncovering the alleged diary of Hitler's valet Heinz Linge, Trevor-Roper achieved only one coup: scoring interviews with Gerda Christian, who had been one of Hitler's secretaries, and Else Krüger, who had been Bormann's secretary.

Surprisingly, Trevor-Roper seems not to have interviewed any witnesses who had fallen into American hands, which means the better part of those to be found outside Soviet prisons. It appears that instead of allowing him to meet with them, American intelligence operatives interviewed them and passed copies of their reports to him. In one particularly flagrant case, the Americans furnished Trevor-Roper with partly fabricated testimony; in another, they supplied information that had been obtained in such unusual conditions that it, too, must be considered suspect.

The first case was that of the famous German aviatrix Hanna Reitsch. In an interview with Ron Laytner that she authorised for publication only after her death, Reitsch stated explicitly that at least part of the account attributed to her in "The Last Days of Hitler" had been fabricated:

“They were all very moved to see me come in. All were calm and ready to die. History books say Hitler was mad and incoherent, that many in the Bunker were drunk and having sex parties.

“It is not true. I was there. We were seeing the end of a great man and his cause. There was nothing in the Bunker but dignity. Hitler greeted us quietly and without emotion

"When I was released by the Americans I read historian Trevor-Roper's book, "The Last Days of Hitler". Throughout the book like a red line, runs 'an eyewitness report by Hanna Reitsch about the final days in the Bunker'. I never said it. I never wrote it. I never signed it. It was something they invented. Hitler died with total dignity". 

This report, dated 8 October 1945, was written by Reitsch's interrogator, Captain Robert E. Work (Air Division, Headquarters, United States Forces in Austria, Air Interrogation Unit), and published for the first time in, of all places, "Public Opinion Quarterly" in 1946–47. 

The second case was that of Nurse Erna Flegel. On 23 November 1945, several American intelligence agents took Flegel out for a six-course dinner, the result of which was a five-page statement in English which is presented as a summary of the information she allegedly imparted during her "interrogation". However, Flegel neither wrote the statement herself nor signed it. In fact, no one can be said to vouch for this document because, despite its having been declassified, the names of the persons responsible for it, including the name of the agency for which they worked, remain blacked out.

If this approach was typical, then Trevor-Roper's chief sources were summaries of information that had already been pre-digested for him by American intelligence operatives—involving what distortions and attempts at ironing out inconsistencies we will probably never know. Given that there were few Bunker survivors in British hands and that Trevor-Roper had no access to Bunker survivors in Soviet hands, his task basically appears to have been that of creating a coherent narrative out of information that he was being spoon-fed and that he had no means of assessing himself. There is no reason to believe that any of the evidence that reached Trevor-Roper did so with the active consent of the witnesses.

Robert G. L. Waite of Williams College set off a debate by bringing the psychoanalytic approach to studies concerning Hitler (“The Psychopathic God: Adolf Hitler,” 1977). 

Perhaps Waite rightly summed up Trevor-Roper’s official report when he wrote:

"The death scene was taken from a bad novel written by a person with no taste".

But there are still some who cling to their conspiracy theories.

Williams and Dunstan maintain that the ‘Hitler’ and ‘Braun’ who shot themselves in Berlin in 1945 were, in fact, lookalikes.

But would those who had known Hitler intimately for years and who were in the Bunker that night really have been fooled by two doubles?

In truth, the supposed escape of Hitler should be seen as nothing more than a parlour game.

There’s not a serious historian who would give the story any more credence than they would to Elvis Presley being alive and well and still hip-swinging in Tennessee.

-- Guy Walters is author of "Hunting Evil: The Nazi War Criminals Who Escaped And The Quest To Bring Them To Justice"


Washington, D.C.
14 January 2014

WND senior staff reporter and author Jerome R. Corsi will be a guest on George Noory’s “Coast-to-Coast AM” nationally syndicated radio show for three hours late Tuesday night and early Wednesday morning to discuss his new book, "Hunting Hitler: New Scientific Evidence That Hitler Escaped Germany".

Examining declassified FBI and U.S. military intelligence files, Corsi makes a compelling case that U.S. investigators suspected from the beginning Adolf Hitler escaped from his Berlin Bunker.

For political purposes, the evidence indicates, U.S. officials were willing to go along with a cover story that in the final days of World War II, Hitler married his mistress, Eva Braun, and the two took their lives in a joint-suicide just before the Soviet army entered Berlin.

As WND reported, Corsi began researching the possibility Hitler escaped in 2009, when Nicholas Bellatoni, the Connecticut state archeologist was allowed by the Russian Federation State Archive in Moscow to examine skull fragments the Russians have claimed for decades are proof Hitler committed suicide.

Bellatoni’s startling findings prompted Corsi to investigate further.

Stalin believed Hitler survived

“What caused me to question Hitler’s suicide was Bellatoni’s DNA analysis that proved conclusively the skull fragments belonged not to Hitler, but to a 40-year-old woman unrelated to Eva Braun,” Corsi said.

In May 1945, shortly after the death of President Franklin D. Roosevelt, Harry Hopkins, one of FDR’s closest advisers, undertook a special mission to Moscow at the request of President Harry Truman. Hopkins was to prepare for the upcoming conference with Churchill and Stalin scheduled to begin in July 1945, in Potsdam, Germany.

In a discussion with Stalin in Moscow, Hopkins commented that he hoped Hitler’s body, which had not yet been recovered, would be found by the Russians.

Stalin replied that Soviet doctors thought they had identified the body of Josef Göbbels, Hitler’s minister of propaganda, but not Hitler. Stalin said he personally doubted that Hitler had committed suicide as reported.

In his 1947 book, "Speaking Frankly", Byrnes recounted a conversation he had with Stalin at the Potsdam Conference in July-August 1945: “I asked the Generalissimo (Stalin) his views of how Hitler died. To my surprise, he said he believed that Hitler was alive and that it was possible he was then either in Spain or Argentina.”

Some 10 days later, Byrnes asked Stalin if he had changed his views, and Stalin said he had not.

These remained Stalin’s views until the end of his life.

Eisenhower expressed doubts

On 8 October 1945, the U.S. military newspaper the "Stars and Stripes" published a shocking statement by Gen. Dwight D. Eisenhower, then the supreme commander of the allied forces.

The short piece, published in a separate box buried in the middle of a report on pending war crime charges to be brought against Nazi Rudolf Hess and baseball scores from the United States, ran with the headline “Ike Believes Hitler Lives.” The short piece was datelined from London 7 October 1945.

It read: “There is 'reason to believe' that Hitler may still be alive, according to a remark made by Gen. Eisenhower to Dutch newspapermen. The general’s statement reversed his previous opinion that Hitler was dead.”

Evidence indicates U.S. military intelligence in the Counter Intelligence Corps, the FBI and even the top commander of the U.S. military in Europe, Dwight Eisenhower, all had reason to doubt the official story that Hitler and Eva Braun had died in the Führerbunker 30 April  1945.

Did U.S. intelligence help Hitler escape?

A letter from FBI Director J. Edgar Hoover to the U.S. Embassy in Buenos Aires, Argentina, dated 13 November 1945, makes clear the FBI had credible information Hitler had escaped to Argentina with the help of Walter and Ida Bonfert Eichhorn. The Eichhorns were close friends of Hitler who had financed the emergence of the Nazi party in the 1920s and 1930s before emigrating to Argentina.

Hoover’s letter disclosed the Strategic Services Unit of the War Department reported to the FBI on 23 October 1945, information concerning the possibility of a “Hitler Hideout” in Argentina.

The website for the National Archives and Records Administrations posted an article noting that the then-49-year-old Allen Dulles was sent to Switzerland to head up for the U.S. government the Office of Strategic Services, or OSS, the predecessor organization to today’s CIA.

In Berne, Dulles set up residence at No. 23 Herrengasse and began his official appointment to serve the as “special assistant to the American minister.” In reality, Dulles, who spent the duration of World War II in Berne, served as the top U.S. spy in Europe.

In one of the grandest larcenies in the history of the world, the Nazis in World War II had robbed private collections and museums in conquered territories, stolen gold from the national treasuries of defeated enemies and robbed Jews of all valuable property down to the gold fillings in the teeth of concentration camp victims.

This ill-gotten capital had been used to build Hitler’s criminal war machine.

With the loss of the war beginning to loom, the Nazi goal shifted from accumulating the loot to using it to create and fund overseas businesses capable of generating enough revenue to sustain the escaping Nazis in predetermined havens where it would be politically safe to live and possibly even regroup.

The task fell to Martin Bormann, the gifted organizer who served as Hitler’s personal secretary.

Did Bormann fund Hitler escape?

Beginning in 1943, Bormann implemented an operation code-named Aktion Adlerflug, or Project Eagle Flight, with the goal to transfer German funds, whether counterfeit, stolen or legitimate, to safe havens abroad.

Between 1943 and 1945, Bormann funded more than 200 German companies in Argentina, with other investments in companies in Portugal, Spain, Sweden and Turkey. Bormann is estimated to have created some 980 front companies outside Germany, with 770 in neutral countries, including 98 in Argentina. Additionally, he acquired shares of foreign companies, especially those listed on North American exchanges in Canada and the United States.

The investments were designed to help prominent Nazis fleeing Germany to resume economically productive lives elsewhere.

In June 1943, a coup d’etat in Buenos Aries brought to power a regime sympathetic to Nazi Germany, led by Col. Juan Domingo Peron. At the time of the coup, Peron had been a paid agent of German intelligence for two years.

Seizing the opportunity, Bormann implemented another scheme, code-named Aktion Feuerland, Project Land of Fire, in reference to the Tierra del Fuego, Spanish for “Land of Fire,” at Patagonia’s southernmost point.

“The plan’s objective was to create a secret, self-contained refuge for Hitler in the heart of a sympathetic German community, at a chosen site near the town of San Carlos de Bariloche in the far west of Argentina’s Rio Negro province," wrote Simon Dunstan and Gerrard Williams in their 2011 book, "Grey Wolf: The Escape of Adolf Hitler" – “Here the Führer could be provided with complete protection from outsiders.”

Tracing Hitler’s purported escape route, Corsi found in the National Archives documentary evidence he got to Argentina in a German submarine, the U-530 that mysteriously surfaced outside the harbor at Mar del Plata under the command of Otto Wermuth and his executive officer, Karl Felix Schuller, after having spent weeks making surreptitious drops of passengers along Argentina’s Atlantic shore.

Shocking evidence Hitler escaped Germany
Newly declassified FBI, U.S. Intel files raise startling questions
1 May 2014

In 2009, three U.S. professors with access to Adolf Hitler’s alleged remains startled the world with scientific DNA proof that the skull and bones that Russia had claimed since the end of World War II were Hitler’s actually belonged to a middle-aged woman whose identity remains unknown. This announcement has rekindled interest in the claim made by Josef Stalin, maintained to the end of his life, that Hitler got away. The truth is that no one saw Hitler and Eva Braun die in the Bunker in Berlin on 30 April 1945. No photographs were taken to document claims Hitler and Eva Braun committed suicide. Hitler’s body was never recovered. No definitive physical evidence exists proving Hitler died in the Bunker in Berlin.

Dr. Jerome Corsi explores the historical possibility that Hitler escaped Nazi Germany at the end of World War II. FBI and CIA records maintained at the National Archives indicate that the U.S. government took seriously reports at the end of World War II that Hitler had escaped to Argentina.

More recent evidence suggests Hitler may have fled to Indonesia, where he married and worked at a hospital in Sumbawa.

Peter Levenda has a slightly different take on the fate of the Führer. He began researching Nazis in the 1970s, and later published a book, "Unholy Alliance", detailing the occult roots of the Third Reich.

More recently, Levenda was traveling in Indonesia when a friend told him a curious story. It seems an unusual German doctor took up residence in the Indonesian countryside following the Second World War. Well-known among the locals for his Charlie Chaplin mustache, 

Dr. Georg Anton Pöch was seldom seen to practice medicine, but showed considerable talent for the administration of his clinic, which he ran with an iron fist. The doctor died in the 1970s and was buried in a small cemetery in the town of Surabaya. Levenda believes that the man buried in this grave was none other than Der Führer himself, Adolf Hitler.

Hitler Died in Indonesia 1970

The story: 

Adolf Hitler and Eva Braun did not commit suicide in the Berlin Bunker. They escaped to Indonesia Sumbawa Besar Island, leaving Berlin for Graz, Salzburg, Yugoslavia Belgrade and Sarajevo before getting new Passports with the help of the Vatican and a Professor Dragonvic and leaving Rome on 1 December 1945. Eva Braun deserted him and returned to her native land while Adolf Hitler, having adopted the name of Dr Pöch and purporting to be a Doctor at the Hope Hospital in Sumbawa, married a Sundanese woman from Bandung only known now as Mrs S.

This Mrs S was apparently traced to her Bandung residence in 1983 by a Dr Sosro who had first encountered Dr Pöch in Sumbawa in 1960 and whom he continued tro investigate. Dr Sosro was born in 1929. There appear to be no current updates on his investigations.

Dr Pöch died in 1970 in a Surabaya Hospital and is buried in the graveyard of a local cemetery outside of Surabaya. Dr Sosro reports on seeing (and even holding) a pocket noteboook which Mrs S handed to him which may or may not be conclusive proof that it is the fugitive handbook of Adolf Hitler.

Levenda believe the conventional story of Hitler’s death was a German fiction. Perhaps senior Nazi officers, captured by the Allies but still loyal to the Reich, spread the story of Hitler’s suicide to cover his escape.  With Hitler alive and free, they believed, their dark dream was not lost.

Levenda suggests British intelligence perpetuated the tale in order to bring about the end of the war, even falsifying evidence when confronted with the doubts of the Russians and the Americans.


1. How did Hitler and Braun get from Rome to Indonesia?
2. Did Soekarno and Hatta and others approve secretly to harbour Hitler and Braun?
3. When and How did Eva Braun return to Germany (or elsewhere)?
4. What of Dr Sosro now? Is he still alive? Does he have further info to share with us?
5. Would it not be possible to exhume the body remains of Dr Pöch for genetic DNA testing?
6. What of the Hitler notebook?
7. What can be known about Mrs S?

Even the chief of the U.S. trial counsel at Nuremburg, Thomas J. Dodd, was quoted as saying, “No one for sure can say Adolf Hitler is dead.”

Putting massive amounts of evidence and research under a critical eye, Corsi shows that perhaps modern history’s most tantalizing question has yet to be definitively answered: Did Hitler escape Nazi Germany at the end of World War II to plot revenge and to plan the rise of the Fourth Reich?

WASHINGTON – Everyone knows Adolf Hitler committed suicide by gunshot in his underground Bunker on 30 April 1945.

At least, that has been the conventional wisdom.

Now comes WND senior staff reporter Jerome R. Corsi’s new book, "Hunting Hitler: New Scientific Evidence That Hitler Escaped Germany".

Examining declassified FBI and U.S. military intelligence files, Corsi makes a compelling case that U.S. investigators suspected from the beginning Hitler had escaped. For political purposes, the evidence indicates, they were willing to go along with the cover story that in the final days of World War II, Hitler married his mistress, Eva Braun, and the two took their lives in a joint-suicide ritual just before the Soviet army entered Berlin.

But the truth is, no one actually saw Hitler commit suicide. There are no photographs documenting a joint suicide of Hitler and Eva Braun, and the bodies of the two were never recovered or preserved for positive identification..

In 2009, Corsi pointed out, Nicholas Bellatoni, the Connecticut state archaeologist, was allowed by the Russian Federation State Archive in Moscow to examine skull fragments the Russians have claimed for decades are proof Hitler committed suicide.

Bellatoni’s startling findings prompted Corsi to investigate further.

“What caused me to question Hitler’s suicide was Bellatoni’s DNA analysis that proved conclusively the skull fragments belonged not to Hitler, but to a 40-year-old woman unrelated to Eva Braun,” Corsi said.

According to Ian Kershaw the corpses of Braun and Hitler were already thoroughly burned when the Red Army found them, and only a lower jaw with dental work could be identified as Hitler's remains.

A document dated 30 May 1946, reported on a further excavation of the grave where the corpses of a man and a woman (Hitler and Braun) had originally been found:

"At a depth of fifty to sixty cms, two fragments of a skull were found. In one of these fragments there is a bullet hole..."

Later on, the report notes that the earth in the grave showed some staining, as if shrapnel had hit it.

A document dated 31 May 1946 records the examination of the skull fragments:

"Earth is attached to the fragments. The back of the skull and the temple part show signs of fire; they are charred. These fragments belong to an adult. There is an outgoing bullet hole. The shot was fired either in the mouth or right temple at point blank range. The carbonization is the result of the fire effect, which badly damaged the corpse.

Pyotr Semenovsky"


a) How was it possible to miss something as significant as Hitler's skull, the first time around.
b) Why would Stalin et al not have had every inch of that locale searched the first time around.
c) Why would it take them the best part of a year to realize that they should have looked closer.
d) How could they return a year later and actually find his skull when it was nowhere to be found, previously.

There was no 'chain of evidence'; the skull was found in roughly the same general area, and could have belonged to anyone.

As Nicholas Bellantoni states: 

"The cranial vault fragment in question was recovered a full year (May 1946) after the initial discoveries of the bodies (May 1945). As we say in archaeology, “context” is everything. The context had been destroyed in waiting over a year to return to Berlin. The mandible that was sent to Moscow in 1945 is, I believe, that of Hitler. The cranial vault is someone else".

Why was the mandible not DNA tested?

In “Hunting Hitler,” Corsi posits Hitler made his way to Argentina with the help of U.S. intelligence agents that had been secretly working with the Nazis since 1943. Allen Dulles, then an agent of the Office of Strategic Services, or OSS, the predecessor agency to the CIA, was communicating secretly with top Nazis from his office in Bern, Switzerland, Corsi said.

Corsi brings to light many troubling questions, including:

• Why were the Americans unable to obtain physical evidence of Hitler’s remains after the Russians absconded with his body?
• Why did both Stalin and Eisenhower doubt Hitler’s demise?
• Why did nobody in Hitler’s Bunker hear any shots fired

Nobody heard the shot that killed Hitler...

Witnesses who were standing by the double doors to Hitler's study, which were thick enough to muzzle such a sound, claimed they heard nothing.

Those who did make this claim in 1945 withdrew it, saying  Allied interrogators pressured them into saying it.

Some people who claim to have heard a shot were not even present at the scene.

• Did U.S. intelligence agents in Europe, including the OSS and Allen Dulles (who later headed the CIA under President Eisenhower), aid Hitler’s escape, as they did with so many other Nazis?
• Argentinean media reported Hitler arrived in the country and it continued to report his presence. Why have the findings not made it to the US?

Corsi relies on autopsy reports, interrogation transcripts, documents from Soviet archives, CIA reports, extensive research in the National Archives and Records Administration in Washington, D.C., and in College Park, Md., and more to back up his case.

Did U.S. intelligence help Hitler get away?

His evidence is shockingly abundant, and his clear argument lends credence to a new theory that disembowels the double-suicide narrative.

“The story Hitler and Eva Braun committed suicide was a cover story, designed by U.S. intelligence agents at the end of World War II to facilitate the escape not only of Hitler and Eva Braun, but also of top Nazi war criminals such as Adolf Eichmann who was discovered in 1960 hiding in Argentina,” Corsi argued.

He presents documentary evidence Allen Dulles’ wartime mission in Switzerland included helping Martin Bormann, Hitler’s secretary, to funnel billions of dollars of Nazi ill-gotten financial gain out of Germany and invest in the U.S. and Argentinian stock markets to provide a financial cushion to survive in hiding after the war.

In the National Archives at College Park, Corsi discovered a clipping from the U.S. military newspaper "The Stars and Stripes" published 8 October 1945, reporting a shocking statement made by General Dwight D. Eisenhower, then the supreme commander of the Allied Forces.

The short piece read: “There is ‘reason to believe’ that Hitler may still be alive, according to a remark made by Gen. Eisenhower to Dutch newspapermen. The general’s statement reversed his previous opinion that Hitler was dead.”

Corsi asks why Eisenhower’s shocking claim has gone largely unreported in U.S. newspapers and history books even until today.

Was Hitler on the U-530?

Tracing Hitler’s escape route, Corsi found in the National Archives documentary evidence Hitler got to Argentina in a German submarine, the U-530 that mysteriously surfaced outside the harbor at Mar del Plata under the command of Otto Wermuth and his executive officer, Karl Felix Schuller, after having spent weeks making surreptitious drops of passengers along Argentina’s Atlantic shore.

Hidden away in the National Archives, Corsi found a U.S. naval intelligence report written 18 July 1945, by the Naval Attaché in Buenos Aires who notified Washington there was reason to believe U-530 had landed Adolf Hitler and Eva Braun in the south of Argentina before the submarine journeyed on to surrender at Mar del Plata.

Corsi had newspaper reports translated of Hitler and Braun being welcomed by wealthy Nazi sympathizers among Argentina’s large German community. The Germans there had constructed a mansion hidden away in the dense mountain forests of Bariloche to provide the Nazi Führer with comfort and security in his elder years.


Corsi writes: In 1943, architect Alejandro Bustillo, at the request of German supporters of Hitler then living in Argentina, designed and constructed an elaborate resort residence for Hitler and Eva Braun, Residencia Inalco, located in a remote area between San Carlos de Bariloce Villa La Angostura, bordering the Nahuel Haupi Lake, outside the city of Bariloche, in the province of Río Negro, Argentina.”

In southern Argentina in the region of the Andes adjoining Chile, he writes, “the surroundings and the Hitler residence were selected and designed to have a distinct feel of Hitler’s Obersalzberg retreat above the town of Berchtesgaden in the Bavarian Alps. Hitler moved into the residence in June 1947".

Hitler's Secret Argentine Sanctuary Is for Sale, Say Conspiracy Theorists
By Jesus Diaz

The  house were Hitler spent the last years of his life, is a remote mansion similar to the infamous Berghof located in the Nahuel Huapi Lake, in Patagonia, Argentina, a remote mountainous paradise full of Nazi refugees.

That's what the conspiracy theorist say, anyway.

The mansion—called 'Residencia Inalco'—is now for sale after going through a few owners starting with Enrique García Merou, a Buenos Aires lawyer linked to several German-owned companies that allegedly collaborated in the escape to Argentina of high Nazi party members and SS officials.

He bought the lot from architect Alejandro Bustillo, who created the original plans of the house in March 1943. Bustillo also built other houses for Nazi fugitives who were later apprehended in the area. The terrain in which the house was erected, on Bajia Istana near the little town of Villa La Angostura, was quite remote and hardly accessible at the time.

The plans are similar to the architecture of Hitler's refuge in the Alps, with bedrooms connected by bathrooms and walk-in closets and a tea house located by a small farm.

Like Berghof, the Inalco house could only have been observed from the lake—a forest on the back limited the view from land. It even had Swiss cows imported by Merou from Europe.

Later, Merou sold the house to Jorge Antonio, who was connected to the President Perón and was the German representative of Mercedes Benz in the South American country.

According to the book "Grey Wolf: The Escape of Adolf Hitler", Hitler was already dead—after leaving behind two daughters—by the time the house was sold to José Rafael Trozzo in 1970. Strangely enough, Trozzo also bought other properties owned by someone called Juan Mahler. Mahler was the fake name of Reinhard Kopps, SS official and war criminal.

Kopps was connected to Erich Priebke, former Hauptsturmführer in the Waffen SS who participated in the massacre of the Ardeatine caves in Rome, in which 335 Italian civilians were executed after a partisan attack against SS forces. Priebke was a respected member of the high society in the area. He was the director of a school Primo Capraro. The son of Capraro sold the Inalco house terrains to Bustillo.

The Trozzo family is now selling the house and the original plans have now been published, along with the Hitler legend recently resuscitated by "Grey Wolf", perhaps in an effort to increase the interest on the property.

The complex was completely autonomous, with its own animals and agricultural areas. It also had a ramp that led into the lake, with a boat house that was rumored to contain a hydroplane.


FBI Ignored Hitler's Post-War Life
by David Richards
March 16, 2014

A recently declassified document reveals that the FBI knew Hitler had not committed suicide and was living in Argentina. The document can be found on the FBI's own website.

The report presents testimony of an informant who approached the FBI in Los Angeles on  28 1945 with information on Hitler in exchange for asylum. He said he was given $15,000 for his role in Hitler's escape.

The documents states, "€¨€¨€¨€ claimed to be one of four men who met Hitler and his party of about 50 when they landed from two submarines in Argentina approximately two and a half weeks after the fall of Berlin 2 May1945".

"€¨€¨€¨€ explained that the subs landed along the tip of the Valdez peninsula in the Gulf of San Vatias. €¨€¨€¨€ told ¨€¨€¨€¨€ that there are several tiny villages in this area where members of Hitler's party would eventually stay with German families. He named the towns as San Antonia, Videma, Neuquen, Muster, Carmena, and Rason".

He describes a surreal scene of top Nazis' climbing the Andes Mountains on horseback:

"By pre-arranged plan with six top Argentine officials, pack horses were waiting for the group and by daylight all supplies were loaded on the horses and an all-day trip inland toward the foothills of the southern Andes was started. At dusk the party arrived at the ranch where Hitler and his party, according to ¨€¨€¨€¨€, are now in hiding.' This part is not credible since it is more than 500 km from the coast to the Andes".

He gave specific physical details about Hitler. "According to ¨€¨€¨€¨€, Hitler is suffering from asthma and ulcers, has shaved off his mustache and has a long "but" on his upper lip.'

He offered to identify the three other men who assisted him, and to locate Hitler.  "If you go to a hotel in San Antonia, Argentina, I will arrange for a man to meet you there and locate the ranch where Hitler is".

The FBI never took up his offer. The informant also gave an interview to the "Los Angeles Examiner" on 29 July 1945.  Apparently, the story was not published.

Hitler was in Argentina

The FBI had many more sightings of Hitler in Argentina. 

The reports should have been taken seriously as the Argentine government's policy of providing sanctuary to fugitive Nazis was well known.

Many books have been written about the Führer's life in Latin America including "Hitler's Escape" (2005) by Ron T Hansig, "Grey Wolf" (2013) by Dunstan and Williams and "Hitler in Argentina" (2014) by Harry Cooper.

Arguably the best is "Hitler's Exile" by Argentine journalist Abel Basti. He visited German compounds surrounded by security guards, interviewed witnesses in nearby villages, and collected hundreds of media reports and government documents in Argentina that state matter-of-factly that Hitler was laying low within their borders. .

In an interview on "Deadline - Live", an Argentine news program, Abel Basti said:

"Hitler escaped via air from Austria to Barcelona. The last stage of his escape was in a submarine, from Vigo, heading straight to the coast of Patagonia. Finally, Hitler and Eva Braun, in a car with a chauffeur and bodyguard--a motorcade of at least three cars--drove to Bariloche (Argentina).

"He took refuge in a place called San Ramon, about 15 miles east of that town. It is a property of about 250,000 acres with a lake-front view of Lake Nahuel Huapi, which had been German property since the early twentieth century, when it belonged to a German firm by the name of Schamburg-Lippe.

"I was able to confirm the presence of Hitler in Spain thanks to a--now elderly--Jesuit priest, whose family members were friends of the Nazi leader. And I have witnesses that allude to meetings he had with his entourage at the place where they stayed in Cantabria.

"In addition, a document of the British secret services reveals that in those days, a Nazi submarine convoy left Spain, and after stopping in the Canary Islands, it continued its journey to the south of Argentina.

"Hitler lived as a fugitive with his wife and his bodyguard. His first years were in Patagonia, and then he lived in the more northern provinces [of Argentina].

"In Argentina, I have interviewed people who had seen and met with Hitler. In the Russian archives, there is abundant documentation that shows that Hitler had escaped.

"The U.S. has just reclassified [under national security auspices] for 20 [more] years all official material related to this story, and when that deadline is met, it will probably be reclassified. The British reclassified all related documentation for 60 more years. The researchers cannot access that information".

Soviets also covered up Escape

Colonel W. J. Heimlich, Chief of U.S. Intelligence in Berlin, concluded:

"There is no evidence beyond that of hearsay to support the theory of Hitler's suicide. On the basis of present evidence, no insurance company in America would pay a claim on Adolf Hitler".

In his book "Speaking Frankly" (1947), Secretary of State Jimmy Byrnes wrote:

"While in Potsdam at the conference of the Big Four, Stalin left his chair, came over and clicked his liquor glass with mine in a very friendly manner. I asked what was his theory about the death of Adolf Hitler and he replied - Hitler is not dead. He escaped either to Spain or Argentina".

In the immediate aftermath of Hitler's disappearance, the Soviets made a series of contradictory statements, bizarrely claiming they had found his remains one day and that he had escaped the next. 

First, they said his body wasn't found. Then, they proclaimed Hitler's remains had been discovered on 4 May 1945. However, Marshall Zhukov, the head of the Soviet army, announced on 9 June:

"We did not identify the body of Hitler. I can say nothing definite about his fate. He could have flown away from Berlin at the very last moment".

The only evidence that Hitler committed suicide are bone fragments from the Soviet archive. For years the Russians have insisted that these fragments are of Hitler. This lie was blown in 2009 when an American researcher carried out tests on skull fragments and found they were those of a young woman. 

The Russians have never got their story straight and presented false evidence.

Their actions certainly aided Hitler's escape. Nürnberg Judge Michael Mussmanno wrote in his book "Ten Days to Die" (1950) that "Russia must accept much of the blame that Hitler did not die in May 1945".


Although the informant offered to identify the others involved, and to locate Hitler, the FBI determined "it would be impossible to continue efforts to locate Hitler with the sparse information to date".

Comment from Harry Cooper, author of 'Hitler in Argentina': We saw your blog regarding this topic and this is absolutely correct.  We broke this story more than a decade ago, published our first book on this subject in 2006 and our newest work on this is just out.  You quote Abel Basti - in my opinion, probably the very best researcher in Argentina on the subject of Hitler living there.  I have personally been to Bariloche twice, to Cordoba twice, to the "secret" island off Brazil where the ships and U-Boats took on fresh water and food for as much as two years after the end of the war and I go to Germany several times each year. 

Look to our website at and click through PREVIOUS PATROLS to see where we have visited, with whom we have visited (under VETERANS) and what has been discovered.  One of our own agents got hundreds of such FBI and CIA (OSS) documents declassified a few years ago.

Conventional historical scholarship holds that on 30 April 1945, in a Bunker beneath Berlin, Adolf Hitler took his own life. Trapped in a city surrounded by Soviet forces, his health failing, and fearing the spectacle that would result from his capture, Hitler chose to go down with his Reich.

Harry Cooper is one individual not concerned with conventional thinking. A Nazi history enthusiast, Cooper is the founder of Sharkhunters International, an organization dedicated to preserving the history of German U-boats and the sailors who crewed them ("decent young men," per Cooper). Some years ago, Cooper received a curious letter from a fabulously named Spaniard, one Don Angel Alcazar de Valasco. Don Angel, Cooper explains, was a spy in the employ of the SS during World War II, and claimed to have been present in the Führerbunker during Hitler’s alleged final days. What he witnessed there was incredible.

The aforementioned “conventional historians” attribute Hitler’s suicide to a combination of his megalomania and general recalcitrance; he was not a man likely to surrender to his enemies, no matter the odds. In Don Angel’s telling, the Nazi high command agreed, but deemed Hitler’s survival essential to the survival of the Reich. This is why, Don Angel explained, on 28 April 1945 Martin Bormann drugged Hitler, literally stuffed him in a sack, and smuggled the unconscious Dictator out of Berlin.

Cooper believes that Hitler was surreptitiously delivered to Argentina via the "Ratline," which was basically an evil-mirror-universe Underground Railroad for Nazi war criminals.  There he was sheltered by the Peron regime, and eventually died of natural causes sometime in the 1960s. Cooper says he has never located Hitler’s final resting place, but also that he would not tell if he had

Cooper speculates that the Nazi high command may have cut a deal with the Allies, brokering Hitler’s escape in exchange for surrender and the secrets of the Nazi ballistics program


The “official story” says that Adolf Hitler died by a self-inflicted gunshot to the head. For decades, rumors swirled throughout Argentina that Hitler had in fact survived the Bunker and escaped to South America’s second largest country where he lived until 1962. Documents recently released by the Federal Bureau of Investigation in Washington DC are giving some credence to the rumors. While no concrete evidence exists to support either the death-by-suicide or life-in-Argentina theories, the weight of the evidence is shifting.

One day history may need to be rewritten.

Argentina was Hitler’s Final Home According to FBI Files

Newly released FBI documents seem to indicate that Adolf Hitler survived the Bunker in Germany and made his escape to Argentina where he lived out the rest of his days.

In 1945, two German submarines pulled to the shore one night in Argentina. Approximately 50 people disembarked. They were met and driven off in Argentine buses. Those are known, verifiable facts. Eyewitnesses are still alive that saw the small crowd of people standing around the shoreline waiting on the busses to arrive.

Recently, the Federal Bureau of Investigation released previously classified documents that seem to prove that Adolf Hitler, the German dictator, was among the people arriving in Argentina that night. With him was the equally recognizable Eva Braun. 

The documents released by the FBI go on to show that the American government knew Hitler was alive and living in the Andes long after World War II had ended. The newly released documents also show that the director of the OSS, Allen Dulles, provided aid and assistance to the group.

In a letter to the FBI, dated August 1945, an informant agreed to swap information for political asylum. The information the informant dangled in front of the agency was tantalizing enough for J. Edgar Hoover, long-time FBI Director, to get personally involved. What the informant told Hoover was shocking.

The informant not only knew that Hitler was in Argentina, the informant was one of four men confirmed to have met the German submarines when they arrive. The largest part of the landing party was on the first submarine while Hitler and Braun were on board the second.

The idea that German submarines could land on Argentine shores is not surprising or novel. U-boat 977 and U-boat 530 each landed in Mar del Plata following their own escape from German waters.

Argentina Assistance

Argentine sympathies were with Nazi Germany. South America’s second largest country had a large German “ex-pat” population that stayed loyal to Hitler and the former Führer enjoyed many close friends in Argentina even before the end of the war.

The Argentina government welcomed the German dictator with open arms and assisted him in his hiding. The FBI documents indicate not only could the informant provide detailed directions to the towns which Hitler and his party traveled through, but was also able to provide details of the house in which Hitler and Braun took up residence.

The informant,  was credible enough for Hoover to get personally involved in the informant’s subsequent questioning. Hoover then transferred some of the documents to Generals in the US War Department.

Did Hitler escape Germany and live to be an old man in Argentina?

This is NOT "New Evidence"!

Hitler flew from Berlin to Norway on the night of 30 April 1945 in a Fieseler-Storch plane. His compound is at Paso Flores, 100 miles north of San Carlos de Bariloche, Argentina, on the banks of the Limay River.

-- "Hitler is Alive!" - National Police Gazette - May 196


Declassified FBI Files: Adolf Hitler Did Not Commit Suicide

After seven decades of purporting the lie that at the end of World War II, on 30 April 1945, Adolf Hitler and Eva Braun committed suicide in their underground Bunker, the FBI quietly declassified files that prove they knew he was alive and well, living a bucolic and peaceful life in the beautiful foothills of the Andes Mountains in Argentina.

Unsurprisingly, nobody is rushing to rewrite the history books by once and for all scratching the suicide myth. Even more unsurprisingly, the public is being kept in the dark about the latest revelations by giving them little to no publicity in the mainstream media.

The declassified FBI documents are not the first nail in the coffin of the suicide hype. In 2009, Nicholas Bellatoni – an archeologist from Connecticut, was allowed to perform DNA testing on a skull fragment the Soviets brought with them from Germany, claiming to have come from the corpse of suicided Adolf Hitler. The official story has it that the Soviets found the corpses of Hitler and his partner Eva Braun and burned them down to ashes and dust, destroying the evidence so no one could disprove their narrative. But because DNA tests did not exist back then, the Soviets appear to have picked up a random piece of bone thinking nobody could possibly know it did not come from Hitler.

Nicholas Bellatoni’s tests concluded the bone’s DNA did not match any recorded samples believed to be Hitler’s, just as it did not match DNA of Eva Braun either. They were found to belong to an unspecified woman. While this should have been a conclusive evidence that Hitler did not commit suicide and the whole story the Soviets maintained this whole time was a lie, which should be a discovery making headlines all over the world, it got so little coverage, chances are good few, if any would have even heard of it.

Of course, the bone story wouldn’t be the first time the Russians lied. After all, until Russia’s president Vladimir Putin declassified documents which proved that the Katyn Massacre was committed by the NKVD, the mass execution of 22,000 Polish leaders and intellectuals was blamed on the Nazis. Still, the narrative of proven liars is treated as a historical fact, while scientific evidence and accounts of non-partisan eye witnesses are completely ignored and prevented from gaining any real traction.

Declassified FBI Files

On 29 July 1945, an informant gave an interview to the "Los Angeles Examiner" about having been an eye witness to Hitler’s landing in Argentina. The story was not published.

A few weeks later, the informant went to the Federal Bureau of Investigation and provided them with information that two German submarines, one with Adolf Hitler and Eva Braun on board, landed along the tip of the Valdez peninsula in the Gulf of San Vatias in Argentina. The informant was one of the confirmed four men who had met the submarine and was paid $15,000 to assist Hitler’s party. He provided the information in exchange for political asylum in the USA. Copy of the declassified file can be found on the FBI website (with names and other identifiers blacked out):

The informant gave detailed directions to the villages that Hitler and his party had passed through, and provided physical description of the Führer. The information was so accurate, it was considered credible by some FBI agents.

Not only did the FBI have this information available to them, they also had testimonies from other eye witnesses who observed German U-530 submarines making landing on the Argentinean coast. Still, the FBI did not follow up on the leads and did not investigate. Instead, they kept the knowledge that Hitler was alive hidden, presumably so as not to compromise the suicide story.

In 1945, the US Naval Attaché in Buenos Aires informed Washington that there was a high probability that Adolf Hitler and Eva Braun had just arrived in Argentina. His report coincided accurately with the sightings of the U-530 U-Boat.

Ladislao Szabo, a Hungarian advertiser, on 10 July 1945 witnessed the arrival of the U-530 and saw its crew disembarking. He had heard that the destination was the German Antarctica and, mistakenly, made a supposition that Hitler had escaped to Antarctica, and published the book "Hitler esta Vivo" (Hitler is Alive), where he speaks about the possible location of Hitler, in Queen's Maud properties, opposite the Weddel Sea, that was then renamed Neuschwabenland, when the area was explored in 1938/39 by the German expedition led by Captain Ritscher.

Zsabo made the wrong assumption.

Had he read the book by Professor Hugo Fernandez Artucio published in 1940, "Nazis en el Uruguay", (National Socialists in Uruguay) he would had discovered that there actually was a plan referring to German Antarctica, but this was nothing but the term they used for Patagonia and that this information had been made public in New York in 1939".

Says Hitler has Haven in Argentina
The Argus (Melbourne, Vic.: 1848 - 1957)(about)
Friday 21 January 1944 

NEW YORK, Thursday, AAP. Hitler has prepared a haven for himself Argentina, according to the "World Telegram". The paper says the State Department has received a report from sources inside Argentina on Hitler's preparations. The report also asserts that the Nazis engineered the coup last June which placed the Ramirez Government in power, and that they are lining up the semi-dictatorial States in South America against USA.

The report, according to the "World Telegram", concludes with a plea to USA to take immediate steps of an economic nature (and military if necessary) to encompass the early downfall of Argentina's dictator. The report gives a long list of pro-Nazi acts and statements by high Argentine officials, all of which leave no room for doubt that the Germans have acted in South America as effectively as they did in some European countries by fifth column tactics.

Mr Hull, Secretary of State, told the Press that this and other reports of pro-Axis activity in the Western Hemisphere would be dealt with when the question of recognition of the Bolivian Government was decided.

Later, future US president, but then General Dwight D. Eisenhower told the "Stars and Stripes" newspaper that he believed there was the real possibility that Hitler lived safely and comfortably in Argentina.

Colonel W. J. Heimlich, Chief of U.S. Intelligence in Berlin, concluded:

"There is no evidence beyond that of hearsay to support the theory of Hitler’s suicide. On the basis of present evidence, no insurance company in America would pay a claim on Adolf Hitler".

In his book "Speaking Frankly" (1947), Secretary of State Jimmy Byrnes wrote:

"While in Potsdam at the conference of the Big Four, Stalin left his chair, came over and clicked his liquor glass with mine in a very friendly manner. I asked what was his theory about the death of Adolf Hitler and he replied – Hitler is not dead. He escaped either to Spain or Argentina".

In conclusion – the story of Hitler’s suicide and there being nothing left of him but a few bone fragments the Soviets took to Russia continues to be presented as a historical fact despite evidence to the contrary.

Propaganda portals, such as Wikipedia which is the Encyclopedia of choice for many people nowadays, currently serves as the primary proponent and sustainer of the lie. While hard copy books could claim the evidence has not been available to them at the time of publishing, there is no excuse for an Internet portal that can be updated in real time to purport the lie. The fact that they ignore this new evidence to maintain the lie proves that the portals serve propaganda objectives of their owners.


Adolf Hitler's secret FBI files
By Timothy W Maier

For almost 30 years, J. Edgar Hoover and the FBI maintained a detailed dossier on Adolf Hitler and closely investigated any report that indicated he still was alive.

Adolf Hitler lives -- in Cyberspace, that is, where 734 pages of Hitler's raw FBI file can be downloaded from the Internet. The files contain speeches, rare photographs, old newspaper clippings, details about discovery of the Führer's personal notes and chinaware and assassination plots -- as well as an extensive 11-year probe into the possibility that Hitler faked his own death with a bogus suicide in 1945.

At times these files read like a supermarket tabloid, with outrageous conspiracy theories that remind readers that FBI Director J. Edgar Hoover was a suspicious man. At other times, the files reveal how serious the FBI considered allegations that one of this century's most evil despots may have escaped his Berlin Bunker.

The records begin with President Franklin Roosevelt becoming enraged upon learning of a 1933 New York conspiracy to kill Hitler and continue into the fifties with a Western Union telegram declaring, "I have positive proof that Hitler is living"."

There are seven volumes of these records. A photographic exhibit of Hitler in uniform dominates the final volume.


Scattered throughout are clippings from newspapers. The last story is a 1956 article about the plans of Hitler's sister, Paula Wolf, to write a book about her brother to "set some facts straight" as soon as a Munich court declares her brother dead. "The readers will forgive me," she says, "if I abstain from depicting my brother at all costs as a wicked character just for the sake of profit." An accompanying "Associated Press" article noted boldly, "He Is Officially Alive 'Til Court Issues Certificate."

As for that Western Union tipster, the FBI never tracked down the sender nor did it ever identify the members of the 1933 conspiracy plot to kill Hitler. But that plot sure kept Hoover's G-men busy. The file reveals that the plot began when the German Embassy asked the State Department to initiate an investigation based upon a letter signed by a "Daniel Stern," which said that unless FDR rebuked Hitler for his outrages against Jews, then "I notify you that I shall go to Germany and assassinate Hitler"

The State Department handed off the probe to the FBI, which never found Stern. But the probe opened the door for Hoover to look at pro-Nazi organizations. Don Whitehead, one of the few authors to research the plot, wrote about it in his book, "The FBI Story, A Report to the People". He calls it a "diplomatic fumble" by the German ambassador in Washington, who probably wished he never had called the State Department. That's because Hoover's investigation ultimately became "a valuable reference when the Department of Justice requested additional investigations. And Hoover passed the information to the president," Whitehead observes

In the archives of the FBI in Washington, there is a file labeled “Adolf Hitler.” In the file there are memos, reports, and letters documenting an alleged attempt by American Jews to assassinate Hitler in 1933.

The file, number 65-53615, details a plot involving one man. The plot passed the initial planning stage but may have been foiled by the U.S. Department of Justice. In an effort to prevent an international incident—an American citizen assassinating a German leader—American law-enforcement officials might have helped save Hitler.

The tale of the conspiracy to kill the German chancellor came to the attention of the American government by way of a letter dated 23 March 1933, typed on plain white paper and addressed to "The German Ambassador, Washington D.C." The ambassador passed the letter to the Secretary of State Cordell Hull on 28 March, and Hull forwarded it to the U.S. Attorney General Homer Cummings.

It read:

Dear Sir:

I have asked President Roosevelt to publicly remonstrate with your government [about] the outrages committed upon the Jews in Germany, and to demand an immediate and complete end of this persecution.

In the event that he does not make such a statement, I notify you that I shall go to Germany and assassinate Hitler.

Yours sincerely,

Daniel Stern

German diplomats demanded an immediate and full investigation of the threat. It should be mentioned that the German ambassador, Friedrich Wilhelm von Prittwitz, resigned from the German government in April 1933 in protest over Hitler’s appointment as Bhancellor.

Franklin Roosevelt had been in office only a few weeks and had a nationwide Depression to contend with. Events in Germany, including Hitler’s accession to power, hardly concerned the government or most of the American public. Nonetheless, the threat expressed in the letter could not be ignored or simply attributed to a crank. More militant members of the American Jewish community had reacted to Hitler’s anti-Semitic policies by taking to the streets. Hundreds picketed German consulates, businesses, and stores selling German products. Thousands attended protest rallies and parades in New York, Chicago, Cleveland, Detroit, and other cities. In this atmosphere, Stern’s personal declaration of war against Hitler was taken seriously.

Attorney General Cummings turned to J. Edgar Hoover, director of the Justice Department’s Division of Investigation, and asked him to locate Daniel Stern and stop him. Hoover headed the division since his appointment by President Calvin Coolidge in 1924. The division became the Federal Bureau of Investigation in 1935. Hoover’s "G-Men" (agents of the FBI) searched for Stern through the spring, summer, and into the fall of 1933. Among their primary contacts were figures in the Jewish American underworld, where Meyer Lansky, Bugsy Siegel, Dutch Schultz, and Lepke Buchalter—all associated with New York’s Murder, Inc. syndicate—had well-earned reputations for using violence to protect their business interests or to defend their communities.

Hoover assigned one of his top agents, Dwight Brantley, to coordinate the national investigation. An early lead from Detroit sent that city’s G-Men scrambling but went nowhere. Another lead came from a special agent in charge of the division’s Chicago office. He’d heard about a Daniel Stern who was rumored to have mob associations and who had moved to Philadelphia, where the letter to the German embassy had been postmarked. Agents in Philadelphia searched local telephone directories, but they failed to turn up the name Daniel Stern. They did find a reference to a Daniel Stern in the city directory. When they went to the address, the janitor told them that Daniel Stern had "left the apartment over a year ago and that his present address is unknown".

The agents then turned to Jewish gang contacts for information. Max "Boo Boo" Hoff, who dominated Philadelphia’s criminal enterprises at the time, offered to cooperate. He talked to Agent G.R. Hardy for several hours but could not recall meeting Stern or knowing anyone else who had met the man. Harvey interviewed several of Hoff’s associates, but all claimed they’d never heard of Stern or of a plan to kill Hitler. However, almost all of them, Harvey reported, were impressed by the scheme and thought it was “a great idea.”

On the other hand, the German consul in Philadelphia stated that, "in all probability, it was written by some crank, who is a sympathizer of the Jewish element". The consul further stated that "he is besieged by individuals who make threats upon him, but that they are all of the crank type, and he dismisses them and pays no attention to them as he does not consider their threats serious".”

In April, the Justice Department received a promising lead from a letter dated 21 April to the German embassy and postmarked Highbridge Station, New York. The translation of the letter from German stated, "Having overheard a conversation between several Jews in New York, I learned that there is a movement on foot to assassinate Chancellor Adolf Hitler and that a young American Jew has already been selected to commit this murder. The Jews present were joyfully enthused over this plan. I communicate this to you in order that if possible any such act be prevented. Very respectfully, C Portugall".

Hoover had Agent Brantley pass along the information to the division’s New York office. From 18 July to 23 July, agents scoured city directories, telephone books, and postal records. They tapped their covert sources in the underworld in search of Stern and the so-called "joyfully enthused" Jews. Every clue led to a dead end.

Meanwhile the Criminal Division received a letter dated 27 May from the German embassy that had been written by an individual staying at the San Carlos Hotel in Phoenix, Arizona. The writer, whose name has been blacked out of FBI memos, reported that "he overheard two Jews say Hitler was to be assassinated between May and September 1933 by an agent of New York City Jews". He wrote that Hitler was either to be poisoned or shot and "a young American Jew had already been chosen to perform the act". He immediately sent a letter reporting what he had heard to the German embassy.

Brantley immediately dispatched agents from Los Angeles to Phoenix. When they interviewed the man, he was reluctant to discuss the matter and was unclear about the details. The agents later reported that the man "is a political exile from Mexico and is a citizen of that country. It seems that he is strongly pro-Hitler and anti-Jewish in his conversation". The agents searched the hotel register from April to June 1933, without finding anyone by the name of Stern or Stearn registered. They then interrogated everyone on the hotel’s staff. No one remembered anything of the alleged meeting or recalled anything unusual. The agents examined the hotel’s registry and wrote down every “Jewish sounding” name. They transmitted the names and the results of their inquiry to division headquarters in Washington.

The trail went cold again.

On 19 August 1933, Special Agent J.M. Keith sent a progress report, "Daniel Stern and the Threat to Assassinate German Chancellor Hitler" to Hoover. Keith summarized the investigations in Chicago, Philadelphia, Detroit, Phoenix, and New York. He conceded that that the division had failed to locate Stern or to uncover any assassination plot.

On 2 September, Special Agent Brantley submitted a final report to Hoover. He wrote that all outstanding leads regarding the threat to assassinate Hitler "have been completed without any definite information having been obtained. Accordingly, this case is being closed at the Washington field office". Brantley assured Hoover that the case would be reopened if the German embassy received any additional information.

All of this is in Hitler's FBI file -- even Whitehead's observations. Between the poor copies -- some nearly impossible to read because, says FBI Freedom of Information Officer Linda Gloss, the copies were not made from originals -- and the heavy black ink blocking out what today still is considered classified, there rests a fascinating tale of the FBI's role during the World War II era.

For example, deep in the files are a series of memos written by Hoover on 5 October 1939, reviewing intelligence from a confidential informant. The Hoover memos to various U.S. military-intelligence agencies and the president's chief of staff warned of future Japanese aggression and Germany's attack on France. "The Japanese will attack British Indochina and other colonies without warning, simultaneously with the German advance on France," Hoover wrote.

And there is ample evidence in the files to undermine rumors that Hitler's personal physician tried to poison him or "administer narcotics that might have contributed to the impairment of Hitler's health" or that "Hitler inherited certain [psychophysical] traits in his childhood and later on, and that these might account for his crimes and other actions," according to an FBI investigation into the matter.

The FBI's Hitler files have been available for some time to anyone who cared to schedule an appointment at FBI headquarters in Washington, but few have done so. Two recent critically acclaimed books, "Hitler: Diagnosis of a Destructive Prophet" by Fritz Redlich and "Explaining Hitler" by Ron Rosenbaum, fail to mention the FBI files - although some of the records used to support these authors' opinions, such as Hitler's medical records, are duplicated in the files from other sources.

Redlich and Rosenbaum may have avoided Hitler's FBI file because some of the information there concerns allegations that border on the absurd -- for instance, that Hitler survived the war. Historians generally accept that Hitler committed suicide 30 April 1945, in a Berlin bunker as Allied troops closed in on him. The Soviets recently made available forensic proof of this in their possession since the war's end. But there was no such certainty in the West 50 years ago when opinion polls showed that two of every three Americans believed Hitler indeed was alive. Hoover didn't rule it out but never concluded that the Nazi dictator was dead. Besieged with letters from witnesses swearing they had spotted the defeated Nazi dictator, the files show, the Hitler hunt began.

Some tips were considered credible. One of these came from a doctor in 1954, who claimed to have treated Hitler for an intestinal disorder in St. Louis -- an alarming story because the FBI obtained Hitler's classified medical records and verified that Hitler suffered from a similar condition. That information was not publicly known at the time.

In 1943 Hitler's health deteriorated rapidly. He was constantly ill with stomach pains, headaches, nausea, shivering fits and diarrhea and was now completely dependent on the treatment of Dr Theodor Morell. Hitler's secretary, Traudl Junge, reported that he was very dependent on Morell: "He (Hitler) was taking any amount of medication. Either before or after meals Linge had to give him at least five different pills. One was to stimulate the appetite, another to aid digestion, a third to prevent flatulence, and so on. In addition Professor Morell turned up in person every day to administer his usual miracle-working injections.

Other reports simply were bizarre. A 77-year-old man claimed to have found a letter written by Hitler in 1947. "Call it a Hitler hoax, if you will," the man wrote Hoover, "and believe its delivery in German over a USA radio would be the most startling sensation since Orson Welles attack of the Martians".

During an FBI interview with the elderly man, he admitted to "perpetrating this hoax to create a sensation," according to the interrogating agent's notes. "He seemed to be a psychopathic case," the agent wrote. And that was far from the only nut to roll out of the barrel. Others told tales of Hitler dining in a Washington restaurant in 1946; jumping out of a New Orleans train in 1948; purchasing 8,960 acres of land near Kit Carson, Colo.; and finding work as a butler in London in 1946.

Most of the letters had one thing in common: suspicions and allegations but no proof -- such as this 15 October 1945, letter from a New York man who wrote, "I'll bet a dollar to a doughnut that Hitler is located right in New York City. There's no other city in the world where he could so easily be absorbed. No doubt you have considered this possibility, but I mention it for what it is worth anyway".

As incredible as all of this sounds now, the FBI treated such matters very seriously. If the G-men couldn't chase down the tip, they made every effort to find the tipster and either expose a mistake or identify a prankster or mental case. For instance, on 10 October 1948, a Washington woman who operated a boardinghouse wrote to the FBI, claiming one of her borders was Hitler. She mostly was worried about whether she might be prosecuted for harboring him and wanted to know if any "action could possibly be taken against her". The FBI dismissed the complaint with the note: "She is obviously demented".

But while some sightings were dismissed without an intense investigation, others weren't. The files show that Hoover's G-men conducted a massive manhunt for Hitler on a scale not seen since Charles Lindbergh's baby was kidnapped and murdered, with agents trekking to the four corners of the globe in search of the Nazi leader.

The most frequent sighting was in South America -- a notoriously safe haven for Nazi war criminals, according to the FBI files. And so the FBI dispatched a team of G-men to investigate reports from newspaper articles (many contained in the FBI file) and independent witnesses apparently claiming Hitler was in Argentina.

The Argentina stories intrigued Hoover. In 1944, a year before Hitler's reported death, Hoover received a tip that Hitler would receive refuge in Argentina, according to a 4 September 1944, memo written by an FBI agent.

Says Hitler has Haven in Argentina
The Argus (Melbourne, Vic.: 1848 - 1957)(about)
Friday 21 January 1944 

NEW YORK, Thursday, AAP. Hitler has prepared a haven for himself Argentina, according to the "World Telegram". The paper says the State Department has received a report from sources inside Argentina on Hitler's preparations. The report also asserts that the Nazis engineered the coup last June which placed the Ramirez Government in power, and that they are lining up the semi-dictatorial States in South America against USA.

The report, according to the "World Telegram", concludes with a plea to USA to take immediate steps of an economic nature (and military if necessary) to encompass the early downfall of Argentina's dictator. The report gives a long list of pro-Nazi acts and statements by high Argentine officials, all of which leave no room for doubt that the Germans have acted in South America as effectively as they did in some European countries by fifth column tactics.

Mr Hull, Secretary of State, told the Press that this and other reports of pro-Axis activity in the Western Hemisphere would be dealt with when the question of recognition of the Bolivian Government was decided.

The memo noted that Argentine political leaders had plans to conduct clandestine meetings with Hitler "for the arranging of importing arms and technicians into Argentina".The memo notes that bicycle factories there had been converted to plants for manufacturing munitions and that a "large wealthy German colony in Argentina affords tremendous possibilities" as a refuge for Hitler and his henchmen. "One of the members [of the postwar German planners], Count von Luxburg, has been mentioned as operating a ranch which would serve in providing a haven".

Karl von Luxburg (10 May 1872 in Würzburg – 2 April 1956 in Ramos Mejía, Argentina) was German chargé d'affaires at Buenos Aires, Argentina, in 1917, during World War I.

In the summer of 1917, Luxburg sent secret dispatches to Berlin through the Swedish legation via Stockholm, which were made public by United States Secretary of State Robert Lansing. These dispatches urged that certain neutral Argentine ships should be “spurlos versenkt” — destroyed without a trace. The publication of the documents resulted in the dismissal of Count Luxburg from Argentina, and the virtual entrance of Argentina into the war. Luxburg was also Minister to Uruguay, and on his dismissal from Argentina, he asked for a passport to Montevideo instead of to Berlin.

Count von Luxburg was chief of Nazi intelligence in Argentina during World War II, and a close associate of Grand Admiral Karl Dönitz.

Within a year witnesses began flooding the FBI with Hitler sightings in Argentina. Some of these, the FBI rationalized, resulted from tabloid press reports claiming Hitler had escaped and was waiting for war to break out between the Soviet Union and the United States before emerging as a leader in the new world. And there were outspoken Nazi sympathizers such as Otto Abetz, Germany's wartime ambassador to France, boasting that Hitler "is certainly not dead" and was "not a coward -- I believe one day he will return".

The most sensational story appeared 20 June 1948, in "El Tiempo", a Spanish newspaper published in Colombia, claiming Hitler had escaped via submarine to Bogotà. The paper provided a detailed account of Hitler's supposedly cowardly flight and fueled dozens of similar stories around the world. Many of those appeared in the FBI files as clippings ranging from obscure magazines to the "Associated Press".

One such story claimed that the Swedes observed a mysterious yacht moving in and out of inlets on the North Sea or a Brazilian ship reportedly sunk by an unidentified submarine transporting a woman some claimed to be Eva Braun, Hitler's wife. Braun landed from that submarine off the coast of Argentina, one article claimed. The same article suggested a Japanese navy staff officer had volunteered details of a plan to evacuate Hitler and Braun to Japan after the fall of Germany.

Tokyo denied role in Hitler’s reported plan to escape to Japan: declassified documents
The Japan Times
9 March 2013 
Tokyo denied any involvement in a reported plan by Nazi dictator Adolf Hitler to escape to Japan, declassified Foreign Ministry documents showed Thursday.

On 19 October 1945, more than two months after Japan’s surrender and half a year after Hitler’s reported suicide in his Berlin Bunker, a U.S. newspaper, citing Japanese sources, reported that the dictator had planned to escape to Japan, according to one of the documents dated 21 October that year and compiled by the now-defunct Central Liaison Office, the intermediary between Tokyo and the Allied Occupation powers.

In response, the liaison office denied Japan’s involvement in any plan to rescue Hitler and his mistress, and later wife, Eva Braun, saying Japan did not send a submarine to Germany to rescue the couple, the documents showed.

Closer to home a mysterious submarine reportedly was seen about 1,300 miles north of Catalina, California, in a location where Theodore Donay, a wealthy Detroit importer, disappeared. According to wire reports, Donay was convicted in 1943 as a traitor for aiding Hans Peter Krug, an escaped Nazi, and never was found.

But none of these reports apparently could be directly linked to Hitler and the FBI repeatedly concluded they were baseless rumors. One agent expressed shock in the files that the "Chicago Times" carried such rumor and innuendo and chastised an unnamed writer. "His reputation is extremely poor and he is generally considered to be a journalist of the most sensational and unreliable nature."

One reason that Hitler's death was not believed for so long was that the Russians deliberately withheld information, writes Redlich. In fact, it wasn't until Russian journalist Lev Bezymenski wrote a book translated into English in 1968 that the West learned that the Russians performed autopsies on corpses recovered 2 May 1945, in shallow graves in a garden near the Berlin Bunker. The bodies were believed to be Hitler, his wife and their two dogs.

The United States was angered by the slow Russian revelations - but the Russian government defended its actions, saying 30 years was customary for declassification of secrets. Meanwhile, at the Yalta conference in 1945, Stalin declared that Hitler had escaped.

First published in 1968, “The Death of Adolf Hitler: Unknown Documents from Soviet Archives,” by journalist Lev Bezymenski was the means by which the Soviet Union chose to inform the world of the findings of the Russian medical team that performed the autopsy on Hitler’s corpse in 1945. (The Soviet leader Leonid Brezhnev decreed an invasion of Czechoslovakia in 1968 to crack down on resistance to Soviet occupation and dissension from Communism). Why were the findings of Hitler’s autopsy kept secret for so many years?

Notable among the Soviet autopsy findings was the claim that Adolf Hitler was missing a testicle. Lev Bezymenski had been described variously as a Soviet journalist, an historian, and an intelligence officer (a member of Red Army Marshal Georgy Zhukov’s staff).

What really happened, said Bezymenski, was this:

"On 2 May 1945, Lt. Col. Ivan Klimenko, a Soviet counter-intelligence officer, led a group of men to the Chancellery in Berlin after hearing reports of burned corpses, said to be those of Hitler and the mistress he married the day before his death, placed them in wooden boxes where they were found by Soviet intelligence officers half-buried in a shell crater near the Berlin Bunker.

"A private, Ivan Churakov, had climbed into a crater strewn with burned paper and saw legs sticking out. The Russians dug into the crater and found the bodies of a man and woman and two dogs.

"Detailed study of their teeth (both bodies had a number of false teeth) and interviews with their dentists proved that the bodies were those of Hitler and Eva Braun".

The principal forensic pathologist of the Soviet Forensic Commission was Dr. Faust Shkaravski who performed the autopsy on the two newly recovered bodies. The autopsy reports noted that part of Hitler’s cranium was missing, and that Eva Braun had suffered splinter wounds. But the Soviets attributed Eva Braun’s injuries to fragments from Russian shells exploding in the Chancellery gardens as the bodies were burning. The body of Propaganda Minister Josef Göbbels was also found in the gardens. One of Hitler’s bodyguards later independently pointed out the crater as Hitler’s burial place.

After the findings of the autopsies were reported to Moscow, Bezymenski wrote, the corpses were "completely burned and their ashes strewn to the wind".("Associated Press", 13 August 1968) But there were reservations and cloudy remarks on why none of the material had been previously released. (Bezymenski’s 1968 storyline was obviously published only after careful study in Moscow of testimony and grim photos).

Quite puzzling was the claim that Adolf Hitler was missing a testicle. None of the doctors that examined Hitler had ever reported on the rather conspicuous condition of monorchism.

After the 20 July plot, although he felt uninjured, Hitler did summon an ear specialist from Berlin, because his hearing was giving him trouble and was suffering from headaches. Dr. Erwin Giesing found out that one eardrum was burst and the other damaged.

Dr.Giesing gave Hitler a full examination:

"Hitler pushed back the bed covers and drew up his night shirt so that I could examine his body. He was generally somewhat emaciated and I detected a distinct meteorism (build up of intestinal gases).... The peritoneal reflexes when tested with a needle seemed very responsive. I then requested Hitler to submit to a neurological control examination to which he agreed. I covered the abdomen with a night shirt and pulled away the bed clothing. I found no abnormalities of the genitals.... The pallid skin was fairly dry with no sweat in the armpits. The triceps and arm reflexes were very responsive either side, the spastic reflexes of the upper extremities negative".

Hitler told Giesing: "I hope that everything will be well again quite soon. Even the intestinal cramps are easing off....."

Observers also cast doubt on why a piece of Hitler’s cranium was reported missing — it was the segment supposedly providing evidence that there was no bullet hole in Hitler’s skull (i.e., his death was by cyanic compounds). It was rumored Stalin used the piece as an ashtray.

In 1968, Bezymenski said that Hitler’s corpse was cremated and the ashes scattered in 1945. But in a 1992 report that appeared in the "Sunday Express", Bezymenski alleged, “the corpse had been buried and unburied on several occasions before finally being burned in 1970".

Still, the most confusing fact was that Soviet leader Josef Stalin often claimed the Führer had escaped the Berlin Bunker with the help of British military intelligence. If Stalin knew that Hitler’s burned body had been found, why did he go on spreading reports of the Führer’s escape? Lev Bezymenski claimed that the autopsy results were kept in reserve “in case someone might try to slip into the role of the Führer saved by a miracle".

Otherwise stated, Stalin "knew" that the real Adolf Hitler was dead. But he also presumed that Hitler’s double had escaped with the backing of western security forces.

Historian Asserts Soviet Soldiers Found Hitler's Charred Remains
By Steven Erlanger
The New York Times
18 September 1992

MOSCOW, Sept. 17 A Russian historian said today that the charred remains of Adolf Hitler had been found by Soviet troops soon after the German leader's suicide in 1945, and that his jaw and parts of his skull were still stored in the Soviet archives in Moscow.

But the historian, Lev A. Bezymensky, said a piece of Soviet archive film supposedly showing Hitler's intact corpse, shown Tuesday night on Russian television, was known not to show the body of Hitler at all.

The film caused a sensation because by virtually all accounts Hitler's body was doused with fuel and burned after he committed suicide in his command Bunker in Berlin on 30 April 1945.

In an interview, Mr. Bezymensky said the body in the film, which looked like Hitler's and had a bullet hole in its forehead, was found by Soviet troops on 4 May 1945, near the Hitler Bunker. Believing that they might have found the body of the Nazi leader, Soviet officers ordered that the body be filmed, he said. But later that same day, he said, Soviet troops found the actual charred bodies of Hitler and his wife, Eva Braun, who committed suicide with him.

The bodies had been put into a shallow ditch by SS troops in the presence of Josef Göbbels and Martin Bormann, and burned. German troops later buried the bodies in a shell crater with the corpses of Hitler's favorite dogs, Mr. Bezymensky said. 

Stalin had ordered military-intelligence troops to find Hitler, and the double discovery on May 4 was followed by a thorough medical investigation. Mr. Bezymensky said Andrei Smirnov, a former Soviet press attache at the Berlin Embassy who had known Hitler before the war, went to Berlin the same day and declared that the body that had been filmed was not Hitler's. Mr. Bezymensky said the fact was later confirmed by a comparison of dental records.

But the film was sent to Moscow and was erroneously included in a documentary made just after the war, Mr. Bezymensky said. But later, in another documentary called "Chronicles Without Sensation," the error was identified and corrected. "For specialists, it's a well-known mistake", he said.        

"I'm absolutely sure the body in the film is not Hitler's," Mr. Bezymensky said. "The actual body of Hitler was found in a different place, in the garden of the Chancellery, and that body was identified by the special Soviet commission as Hitler's."

He said troops of the Soviet Third Army had carried the corpses of Hitler and Braun with them as they advanced westward in the final days of the war, burying and exhuming them as they went. Their last resting place, he said, was in Magdeburg, near the line that later divided East and West Germany.

In an article he published in July in "New Times", Mr. Bezymensky said Stalin had ordered Hitler's jaw and part of his skull brought to Moscow and put into the Soviet archives, though it is not known where they are now.
In 1970 the Magdeburg grave was ordered destroyed by the K.G.B., said Mr. Bezymensky, who has seen the official act ordering the destruction.

Further adding to continuing suspicions are the autopsy reports concerning a missing testicle and superficial accounts of main body organs. Indeed, Bezymenski since has acknowledged that the autopsy reports were false, casting more mystery on Hitler's death. Redlich says, "This only confirms what Western historians and forensic experts suspected: that the Soviet investigation was fraught with deceit, secrecy and incompetence."

Compounding the mystery was how Hitler died. It generally was believed by historians that Hitler bit down on a glass ampoule containing potassium cyanide while shooting himself in the head on 30 April 1945. But Redlich observes, "The question can be raised as to whether Hitler's Parkinson's tremor would have allowed him to follow this procedure" Proving that theory ended after it was learned that Hitler's remains had been transferred nine times from one burial site to another and, finally, to the Lefortove prison in Moscow where they were cremated.

It wasn't until 1973 when two Western experts in forensic dentistry compared Russian medical reports and X-rays of Hitler's teeth that it became evident that the corpse found outside the Bunker indeed was the Führer. For Redlich and others that is enough proof. "It is certain that Hitler, who at present would be over 100 years old, is dead and that he died by suicide. No serious student of history maintains that he escaped with the help of his paladins."

Meanwhile, the definitive proof that the X-rays of the corpse provided by the Russians to that forensic dentistry team are legitimate, rests in a Russian classified vault. What's inside that archive? Hitler's lower jawbone. At least that's what the Russians claim. Such details no doubt are being added to Hitler's FBI file even now.




New Evidence exposes Hitler’s Secret Refuge after World War II

Mounds of evidence in the past couple of years are making it harder and harder to accept the death of Hitler in 1945. As people continue to talk about having seen Hitler after his alleged death and new (un)classified documents seem to confirm eyewitness testimonies, a documentary called Revealed: Hitler in Argentina is attempting to set the record straight. In an interview with the "Voice of Russia" the filmmaker Noam Shalev talked about the new pieces of information that can effectively reveal the truth about when and where Hitler really died.

"For many residents living in Argentina around the time of World War II, they have come to understand a different take on Hitler’s legacy. Numerous eyewitnesses have spoken out about seeing Hitler, talking to him, or hearing about him in their region after 1945, the supposed year of his death.

"Then they described their executive consensus of how they met him, how they knew it was Hitler, what they were told from people who knew this person that they saw,' Noam Shalev, creator of the documentary "Revealed: Hitler in Argentina" said. A portion of testifiers, who were all unpaid, claimed they had some form of contact with the German dictator.

Indeed, feedback from locals though may not be convincing enough for history buffs and the mass public to accept. However, documented reports from archives in Argentina started to become declassified just one decade ago. Researchers who got a hold of those files found the information impossible to disregard.

"During this 10 years researchers and historians got access to the archives, found many interesting documents from the 30s and from the 40s including up to 45 from which they’ve concluded, that in regardless of eyewitness reports that there is substance to this story," Shalev admitted to the "Voice of Russia". Reports from the archive also point out that government officials knew that Hitler was laying low within their borders.

The feasibility of Hitler making a last-minute escape from Berlin was apparently accepted by the most senior Soviet officers.

On 2 May 1945, the Soviet official newspaper "Pravda" declared, "The announcement of Hitler’s death was a fascist trick".

On 10 June 1945, the commander of the Soviet Zone in Germany, Marshal Georgi K. Zhukov, stated that Hitler "could have taken off at the very last moment, for there was an airfield at his disposal".

The Soviet commandant of Berlin, Col. Gen. Nikolai E. Berzarin, said, "My personal opinion is that he has disappeared somewhere into Europe—perhaps he is in Spain with Franco. He had the possibility of taking off and getting away". 

Since it is established that Leon Degrelle was flown all the way from Norway—and according to Friedrich Arthur René Lotta von Argelloty-Mackensen, via Tønder in southern Denmark—to northern Spain as late as 8 May, there is certainly nothing inherently impossible about Hitler having beaten him to it at the end of April 1945.

Degrelle's Heinkel He 111 made it as far as Donostia-San Sebastián in northern Spain, right at the limit of its range, and Degrelle would survive the injuries he suffered when it crash-landed off a beach. On 25 May, Degrelle was quoted as "expressing his belief that Adolf Hitler is alive and is in hiding". A Spaniard who saw him in the hospital said Degrelle had spoken of visiting Hitler in Berlin the day before the Russians entered the city; the Führer had been preparing to escape and was in no mood for either suicide or a fight to the death.

In his 1947 book, "Speaking Frankly", James F. Byrnes recounted a conversation he had with Stalin at the Potsdam Conference on 17 July 1945: “I asked the Generalissimo (Stalin) his views of how Hitler died. To my surprise, he said he believed that Hitler was alive and that it was possible he was then either in Spain or Argentina.  Some ten days later I asked him if he had changed his views and he said he had not".

Robert Ley, the head of the German Labor Front since 1933, committed suicide while awaiting trial for war crimes at Nuremberg in October 1945. During his interrogation, however, Ley stated that when he last met Hitler in the Bunker during April, the Führer had told him to "Go south, and he would follow".

Albert Speer, Hitler’s armaments minister, said much the same about a meeting in the Bunker on Hitler’s birthday, 20 April: "At that meeting, to the surprise of nearly everyone present, Hitler announced that he would stay in Berlin until the last minute, and then "fly south".

Those who argue that Hitler survived the Bunker have, three difficulties. First, there is the problem that Hitler had again and again said he would commit suicide at the end. Second, there is the problem of how Hitler could have escaped from Berlin at that late hour with Soviet troops less than a kilometer away: Bormann almost certainly died doing the same. And, third, the difficulty of how Hitler’s new location in the Alps or on the Pampas or on Franco’s private estate in Galicia was kept secret for so many years.

It is perhaps natural to believe that oppressive dictators will die in a similar way that they caused others to die – poetic justice is most satisfying. But strangely, we see it happening only with the second tier of dictators – those who only have national, not international aspirations. So Qaddafi died of bullet wounds, Sadam was hanged. The most important personages don’t seem to die from violence or from legal proceedings. Stalin may have been poisoned by  his doctor. Napoleon died on St. Helena.  Ivan the Terrible, Oliver Cromwell and Mao seemed to have died naturally. So why would Hitler go against the grain?

His escape to Argentina or Antarctica may not be probable in his physically unhealthy condition. But he may have temporarily escaped to a secret Bunker in the southern mountainous region only he knew of in specific detail. He died there perhaps due to his untreated illnesses. Dental records would be that of his doubles.

Authority figures in Argentina were not alone. Irrefutable evidence points out that the US government had their eye on Argentina until the late 40s. The FBI, which had posts in Argentina and Washington DC at the time, wrote up reports on their sightings and the existence of Hitler in Argentina from 1945 until 1949.

In the event that Hitler did live on, the burning question still remains—whose charred bodies were actually found. "Nobody could know but there were so many bodies in the area of the Bunker," Shalev commented. Even after carefully looking over the single still photo taken of what appears to be Hitler in the garden, it is hard to admit if it is really him or not.

“If they were taken before, this is a manipulation that even 70 years ago you wouldn’t need Photoshop in order to create something like this but it looks weird, it looks strange, it looks out of place,” Shalev said about the way the moustache appeared on Hitler’s face.

Russian soldiers snapping one photo of the body, then quickly burning it sounds odd, to say the least. “This is one of the biggest achievements of the war and that’s it? Immediately burn the body and finish everything," Shalev commented and said in that situation, something was wrong.

Contends Hitler is Alive
The Courier-Mail (Brisbane, Qld.: 1933 - 1954)
4 August 1945

NEW YORK, Aug. 3 (Special). Hitler is believed to be still alive by one of the few men who is able to identify him — Dr. Robert Kempner, a German criminologist, now an American citizen.

Kempner directed secret service officers who kept Hitler under observation before he attained power. He says that Hitler proved extraordinarily skillful at disappearing. Once he eluded observation for three months.

"What he did once he could do again", says Kempner. "There is no direct evidence that Hitler is dead. Followers who protest that he is dead had left Berlin before he allegedly perished. Their statements, therefore, are worthless as evidence. Even the most ordinary death is seldom without witnesses".

Kempner claims that he could easily identify Hitler's remains. Hitler's right ear, he says, was sharply pointed in a way that criminologists regarded as distinctively criminal. The right thumb was abnormally long, and the jaw distinguished by the recession of the teeth

If Hitler actually did escape, the lack of communication at the time during the final days of the war could have been an advantage for him. The disorganized chaos which surrounded Berlin may have been the best chance for him to book it out of the country and enjoy the rest of his years in Argentina.


The millionaire La Falda hoteliers Walter and Ida Eichhorn, had been supporters and friends of the Nazi Party and Hitler since at least 1925, and Hitler would visit them—without Eva—in 1949 at La Falda. The Eichhorns first came to the attention of FBI director J. Edgar Hoover in a couriered document from the American embassy in London in September 1945. After reporting what was known of the Eichhorns’ relationship with Hitler, the document ends with a paraphrased quote from Ida Eichhorn: "If Hitler should at any time get into difficulty wherein it was necessary for him to find a safe retreat, he would find such safe retreat at her hotel (La Falda), where they had already made the necessary preparations". Hoover wrote to the American Embassy in Buenos Aires several weeks later, apprising them of the situation.

The relationship between Ida Eichhorn and her "Cousin," as she always called Hitler, went back much further than 1944, though there is some dispute over the date the Eichhorns actually joined the Nazi Party. On 11 May 1935, Walter and Ida were awarded the "honor version" of the Gold Party Badge; fewer than half a dozen of the 905 such badges awarded were given to non-Reich citizens. The Führer sent the Eichhorns a personal congratulatory letter dated 15 May, an unusual extra compliment accompanying the award.

In the letter, which thanked Walter Eichhorn for his services, the Führer used the words "since joining in 1924 with your wife," which seems to indicate that the Eichhorns were among the earliest members of the party. They were also personally given No. 110 of the limited edition of 500 copies of "Mein Kampf" when they first met Hitler at his apartment in 1925—the year the book was published. The Eichhorns saw him again in 1927 and 1929, and thereafter they began to travel more regularly to Germany. At least one letter of Hitler’s from 1935–36 directly thanks them for a generous personal money donation. The couple were described by their grandniece Verena Ceschi as "big idealists who were really enthused by the ideas of the Führer, like all Germany at that time, [and] they became great friends".

At their luxurious Hotel Eden at La Falda, when Ida Eichhorn was asked if something could be accomplished, she would say anything was possible, "Adolf willing". On her office wall there was a large photo of Hitler personally dedicated to her. There was also a room in the hotel set up as a shrine to the Führer and always decorated with freshly cut flowers. The Eden’s crockery, cutlery, and linen were stamped with the Swastika, and there were many other pictures of Hitler throughout the hotel. Hitler’s speeches were captured by a shortwave antenna on the roof of the Eden and broadcast on speakers both inside and outside the hotel. The hotel had more than one hundred rooms with thirty-eight bathrooms, central heating, a huge dining and ballroom, an eighteen-hole golf course, tennis courts, a swimming pool, and many other amenities.

Even today, the now semi-derelict Eden shows signs of its former magnificence, which attracted many international celebrities in the 1930s, including celebrated Jewish physicist Albert Einstein and the Prince of Wales. (The prince was crowned Edward VIII in January 1936, but abdicated eleven months later to marry American divorcée Wallis Simpson; as the Duke and Duchess of Windsor, both suspected Nazi sympathizers, the couple visited Hitler in 1937). It appears that Einstein may have stayed at the hotel when the anti-Semitic Eichhorns were not present.

The Eden was the meeting place for many of the Nazi organizations of Córdoba province, and military training was carried out in a camp called "Kit-Ut" on land owned by the Eichhorns. Ida also founded the German School in La Falda in 1940. Its primary teachers had to swear an oath of allegiance to Hitler at the German Embassy in Buenos Aires, secondary teachers had to join the National Socialist League of Teachers, and the school provided a complete program of Nazi indoctrination. This devotion to Nazism, which by 1940 applied in almost two hundred German schools in Argentina, persisted—especially in the countryside— despite a 1938 decree by President Roberto Ortiz prohibiting the exhibition of foreign flags or symbols in schools. The schoolchildren were present at a commemorative ceremony held at the Eden on 17 December 1940, the first anniversary of the scuttling of the 'Admiral Graf Spee'. Most of the supposedly "interned" crew marched in full uniform and paraded the Nazi flag under the eyes of dozens of Argentine dignitaries and senior members of the military. The parade ended on the hotel’s esplanade, where the Nazi Party marching song, the "Horst-Wessel-Lied," was sung, and there were impassioned pro-German speeches. However, despite the protection of the Argentine police and armed German sailors who were billeted nearby, the Nazi presence in La Falda did not go completely unchallenged. When the Eichhorns decided to raise money by showing Nazi propaganda films to a large audience, members of an anti-Nazi, pro-Allies group called Acción Argentina punctured the tires of the parked cars of the film attendees. Among the attackers was Ernesto Guevara Lynch, father of Ernesto "Che" Guevara—the Argentine Marxist leader and Fidel Castro’s chief lieutenant of the Cuban Revolution.

The Eichorns continued to organize collections for the Nazi cause, and as late as 1944 they were still transferring tens of thousands of Swiss francs to the Buenos Aires account of Josef Göbbels. However, in March 1945, under intense pressure from the United States, Argentina finally declared war on the Axis powers—the last of the Latin American nations to do so. After this declaration, the Hotel Eden was seized as "property of the enemy" and—now surrounded by barbed wire and guards to keep people in rather than out—used for eleven months to intern the Japanese embassy staff and their families. Shortly after the Japanese were repatriated, anti-Nazis in La Falda broke in, pulled down the eagle from the facade of the hotel, and destroyed anything with the Swastika on it. In May 1945, Ida Eichorn told her closest circle that her "Cousin" Adolf Hitler was "traveling". The Eichhorns, shutting themselves away in their chalet a short distance from the hotel, created a network of distribution centers that sent thousands of clothing and food parcels to a devastated Germany. They also helped the network for Nazis who fled to Argentina, and Adolf Eichmann would often visit La Falda with his family. One of his sons, Horst Eichmann—who led Argentina’s Frente Nacional Socialista Argentino (FNSA) Nazi party in the 1960s—married Elvira Pummer, the daughter of one of the Hotel Eden’s gardeners. The Eichhorns maintained close contact with the Gran Hotel Viena on the shores of Mar Chiquita; they owned a property just 150 yards from the hotel. They would have met Hitler and Eva there while he was convalescing in 1946. (Whatever the Nazis’ long-term plans were for the Gran Hotel Viena, they never came to much. After the Hitlers’ second visit in early 1948, the property was virtually abandoned. In March of that year the head of security, Col. Krüger, was found "poisoned" in a room off the hotel garage—the same fate that befell Ludwig Freude four years later).

Catalina Gomero was fifteen years old when she went to live with the Eichhorns in 1945. She suffered from asthma and came from a poor family who believed she would have a better life at the Hotel Eden than they could offer her. Although a servant, Catalina was treated by the Eichhorns almost as a daughter. She said that Hitler arrived at their house in La Falda one night in 1949 and stayed for three days; she recognized him right away. "The driver must have brought him. He was put up on the third floor. We were told to take his breakfast upstairs and … knock at the door and leave the tray on the floor. He ate very well, the trays were always empty. Most of the meals were German". He had shaved his moustache off. There were usually people in the house all day, but for those three days, the third floor was private. "Mrs. Ida told me, ‘Whatever you saw, pretend you didn’t.’ One of the drivers and I used to joke, ‘I saw nothing and you saw nothing.’ It was as if it had never happened. It was kept very, very secret". Hitler left his clothes, including green canvas trousers and a black collared shirt, outside the room, and Catalina would clean and iron them. She took him three breakfasts, three lunches, and three complete teas. On the fourth day she was told he had left. Eight days after the "important visitor" left La Falda, Mrs. Eichhorn told Catalina to pack a picnic lunch. With the chauffeur driving the Mercedes-Benz and Walter Eichhorn seated next to him, the four drove to the Eichhorns’ house on Pan de Azucar Mountain. This brick-and-timber construction had a large radio antenna and was part of the network of Nazi safe houses across the country. Hitler stayed for fifteen days at what the family called 'El Castillo,' but after that Catalina never saw him again. However, she remembered taking telephone calls from him at the Eichhorn home through operators in La Rioja and Mendoza; she recognized his voice. The calls continued until 1962.

John Walsh, an FBI agent stationed in Buenos Aires at this time, admitted the difficulties he and his operatives encountered in doing any undercover work in Argentina. Of the Hotel Eden and the Eichhorns, Walsh said, "We personally did not do surveillance work there. We would have sources that were outside the embassy that would do that. You just can’t walk in and say, you know, that you are looking for something". Walsh said that he and his colleagues came under surveillance by the local police. A number of times when he was out with other agents they would see people who were obviously following and watching them.

Hitler Dead - Or Was He?
Israeli filmmaker Noam Shalev has evidence that Adolf Hitler may have escaped
Yossi Krausz - Ami
דף הבית > News > Opinion

In the back of a nondescript high-rise in the heart of Berlin, next to a parking lot, is a sign with the legend “Mythos und Geschichtszeugnis— Führerbunker” written across the top. The first part translates as “Myth and Historical Testimony.” The second part refers to the final headquarters of Adolf Hitler, an extensive air-raid shelter and bunker that once occupied the space where the high-rise now stands. It explains that the nondescript parking lot was the site where one of the most evil people in human history met his end.

On the afternoon of 30 April 1945, with Russian troops already inside Berlin and closing in on him fast, Hitler decided the end had come. He and his companion, Eva Braun, whom he had married the day before, committed suicide by swallowing cyanide pills; Hitler also simultaneously shot himself in the head. Not long after, their bodies were carried up to the garden in front of the bunker. With the sounds of Russian artillery in the background, they were doused with gasoline by Josef Göbbels and Martin Bormann and set on fire. But the remains weren’t entirely consumed, and were buried in a bomb crater near the bunker. The Russians found the bodies and repeatedly disinterred and reburied them in various places to keep their location secret. Eventually, a piece of Hitler’s skull was put on display.

At least that’s what the official version says happened.

However, back in 1945 and in the years immediately afterward, none of this was clear. The Russians played both sides of the issue. At the Potsdam Conference in August 1945, President Truman asked Stalin whether Hitler was dead, and he answered no. But in fact, the Russians were already working on gathering forensic evidence.

A myth to refute is the myth that Hitler, almost by magic, ceased his functioning. How? By suicide!

That is an example of magical thinking. The Allies wanted him out, so he magically committed suicide. How convenient!

The whole suicide story of Hitler rests solely on the concocted testimony of fanatical Nazis, all vigorously trained to guard Hitler's personal secrets, even under the threat of torture and death.

The fabrications were made up as the "witnesses" went along, even changing their own stories. 

When considering the fate of Adolf Hitler, one has to realize that the overwhelming majority of people believe that he committed suicide during the last days of the Second World War. This view is supported by dozens of books written by among others, world-renowned historians. Their views and conclusions are seemingly well supported by circumstances and eye witness accounts.

Indeed, an entire library of books may be filled with eye-witness accounts and so-called proofs of Hitler's suicide. Most of the new printed works are merely rehashed Berlin Bunker testimonies, smoothed out to make a bit more sense, and hopefully convince us by their sheer size of whatever we seriously hope is true.

Just the consideration that there may be another, darker side to the story makes most people, to say it mildly, emotionally uneasy. Just the thought that such a man responsible for the murder of millions, might have escaped unscathed from the rubble of Berlin in 1945 seems hard to swallow. 

Ironically, it was not the evidence provided by Russia that convinced Establishment historians that Adolf Hitler committed suicide in his Berlin bunker, on 30 April 1945, as Allied forces closed in on Berlin, shortly after exchanging marriage vows with Eva Braun, but the testimony of the obsessively devoted Nazis who were also present in the Chancellery Bunker when Hitler allegedly killed himself. Here is where their futile pretence became a matter of imprudence: For they were primarily the very same historians who insisted that the body shown in the annoying Russian photos was a Doppelgänger killed by those Nazis in the Berlin Bunker who wanted to thwart Allied investigators.

We are therefore expected to believe that after committing the outright murder of a double for the purpose of obstructing justice, the Nazi Bunker guests were nonetheless quite frank and honest in their eye-witness accounts of what really became of Adolf Hitler. These guests would not stop even at murder to perpetrate their Führer's cover-up. Yet the world was totally convinced of their honest integrity and humble desire to satisfy our secret wish that Hitler should not have escaped justice.

In his 1995 book "The Greatest Illusion: The Death (?) of Adolf Hitler," Australian historian Fred C. McKenzie summarizes how Stalin was adamant in his conviction that Adolf Hitler still lived. In August of 1945, Stalin personally accused the British of concealing the real, living Adolf Hitler in their sector of Berlin.

Russian officials even said that they thought Hitler might have escaped from the Bunker, fuelling the doubts of the Americans, who went on to conduct many years of investigation into the possibility that Hitler was hiding out in the foothills of the Andes or in a remote part of Argentina.

There were witnesses to Hitler’s death and the cremation of his body, and these witnesses were interrogated.

The story of Hitler's death is one of a man who knew the end was near and was determined to not be captured alive. Supposedly while he was in his Bunker, on 30 April 1945, realizing the Russians were almost upon him, he put a automatic pistol to his head and pulled the trigger while reclining on a couch. The body was then taken outside, put in a pit and set on fire to destroy the evidence. But is this what really happened?

e witness reported seeing a gunshot wound in Hitler's mouth, while others claimed it was near the corner of his eye, some even hinted that Hitler's valet strangled him and forced a cyanide capsule into his mouth. Pick a card, any card. One witness described finding the body of Hitler perched limp next to a dead Eva Braun on an elongated, upholstered sofa. But another found Hitler's corpse sitting alone near a corner, on a chair by itself. Mix and match.

Hitler's one-day marriage to Eva Braun was another sentimental enticement, orchestrated to win our naive confidence. For only a worm could marry a lovely woman, just to poison her a few hours later. 

The fact that a maid admitted seeing a Hitler look-alike confined to the butler's pantry area was not considered to be of great consequence.

The most prevalent opposing opinion is that the true motive was for Hitler to escape. According to the "Washington Post", the US Office of Censorship intercepted a letter in July 1945 written from someone in Washington. Addressed to a Chicago newspaper, the letter claimed that Hitler was living in a German-owned Hacienda 450 miles from Buenos Aires. The US government gave this report enough credibility to act on it, sending a classified telegram to the American embassy in Argentina requesting help in following up the inquiry.

Was Stalin was correct in his statements to his western Allies in 1945, telling them that Hitler (and Eva Braun) were still alive?

Hitler's death, at the end of World War II, assumed to be by his own hand, remains unproven. This assumption was the result of what many conceive as a conspiracy by the Western Powers, bowing to political pressures and to fight Nazism, to come up with Hitler's suicide story. This then would explain Hitler's disappearance from Nazi Germany after Germany's defeat.

By mid-1945, the public was being asked to choose between a proliferating number of escape stories and the suicide theory. All in all, the evidence supporting Hitler's escape to Argentina is pretty flimsy. And yet, so is the evidence that Hitler died in the Bunker. It rests on testimony provided by fellow Nazis who were fanatical devotees of Hitler. As such, its not hard to imagine they might have lied to help their former Leader.

However, the public was given the impression that only the suicide theory had any evidence to support it and deserved to be taken seriously.

Hitler's chauffeur Erich Kempka evidence not only became the basis for Major Hugh-Trevor-Roper's book, "The Last Days of Hitler", it was also endorsed at Nuremberg as the sole source of reliable information concerning Hitler's demise.

The primary reason Kempka's story won such a positive reception from the Anglo–American authorities was that Kempka was the sole source of evidence that appeared to support the suicide theory.

Kempka also contradicted Soviet claims that Hitler could have escaped. In his 4 July 1945 interview record, he declared: "[With a] statement reported to have been made by the Russian Marshall Chukov [sic] that Hitler and Eva Braun could have escaped from the Berlin area by air, I can't agree. On 30 April 1945 and two or three days previous, no one could possibly have left the inner parts of Berlin by air. There was a heavy artillery fire on all the inner parts of Berlin during those days. Neither did I hear about a plane arriving or leaving after 25 or 26 of April 1945."

Unfortunately for Kempka, one of the best-attested events of the last days of the Third Reich is that of a flight piloted by General Robert Ritter von Greim and Hanna Reitsch that arrived in Berlin on the morning of 26 April. The same pair took off from Berlin in the early hours of 29 April. Reitsch herself not only spoke about the two flights on numerous occasions between 1945 and her death in 1979 but also devoted a chapter,  'The Last Journey to Berlin',  to them in her autobiography "Flying Is My Life", Putnam's Sons, New York, 1954. The Greim–Reitsch flights were not even the only flights in and out of central Berlin in this period. In her book, Reitsch refers to at least two others.

Given that the evidence from other sources is abundant enough to establish that they actually took place, there is something extremely suspicious about Kempka's assertion that no such flights would have been possible.

The explanation that best accounts for events, therefore, is that Kempka sought to suppress his knowledge of the two flights. When Kempka first gave his story to the Americans in June 1945, he had no reason to believe that they knew anything at all about them. There is a very good reason why Kempka would not have wanted to mention these flights: the cover story—that Greim flew to Berlin to receive instructions from Hitler, who had just made him the new head of the Luftwaffe—is preposterous. Why would Hitler, who was anxious for everyone else to leave Berlin, want someone to come to him? Why would he have been so keen to talk to the head of an almost nonexistent entity? The official story fails to justify Greim and Reitsch's extremely dangerous flight. It also does not explain why the pair's flight from the Luftwaffe air base at Rechlin near Berlin to Gatow airport on Berlin's periphery was accompanied by an escort of 30–40 fighter jets—in other words, the extant Luftwaffe virtually in its entirety. Clearly, the flight had a more serious purpose than we have been led to believe. 

In a striking passage in his memoirs, former Volkssturm member Dieter H. B. Protsch relates an incident that took place in Berlin on 29 April 1945. That day, which happened to be his thirteenth birthday, in the course of searching for food for his family he stumbled upon a basement occupied by several Waffen-SS men operating radio equipment who gave him bread and chocolate:

"After some small talk about the family, they suddenly stopped talking when the radio operator raised his hand to demand quiet. The 'Funker' (Radio Operator), wearing a head set, started smiling and stated that 'der Führer' got his belated birthday present. He explained further that he [Hitler] made it safely out of Berlin, flown out by his personal pilot Hanna Reitsch, Germany's best female test pilot. The report stated that she was flying a small one engine, two or three seater plane, a so-called 'Fiseler [sic] Storch'.

--  Dieter H. B. Protsch, "Be All You Can Be: From a Hitler Youth in WWII to a US Army Green Beret", Trafford Publishing, 2004 

Thus the truth seems to be that, exactly as the Soviets subsequently alleged, Hitler did indeed make it out of Berlin — more or less around the time that the official story tells us that he was still in the Bunker dictating his Political Testament—and that Erich Kempka knew precisely when and how this had taken place, but withheld the information from the Americans.

According to Reitsch, the flight reached Rechlin at about 3.00 am. Here, she states, Greim attended a conference. Then she and Greim flew—apparently using a different aircraft—to Plön, a distance of some 400 miles. Their next destinations were Dobbin, where Field Marshal Wilhelm Keitel was [Keitel confirms in his memoirs, "In The Service Of The Reich: The Memoirs of Field Marshal Keitel", ed. Walter Goerlitz, Focal Point Publications, London, 2003, that he was at Dobbin this day, thus confirming Reitsch's reliability. He adds the striking information, which Reitsch does not mention, that Himmler was at Dobbin, too.  Lübeck, Plön again ("to see Dönitz"), and finally Königgrätz (in Bohemia, now Hradec Králové in the Czech Republic).

If we assume, that Hitler was present during at least the first of these several stages, we can say that at Rechlin the trail goes cold. If Hitler left Berlin with Greim and Reitsch, then that would account for the series of bizarre events—the marriage to Eva Braun, the writing of the Political Testament, the recurring rages—that have been enshrined in official history as "the Last Days of the Third Reich".

Obviously, Hitler's last days in the Bunker needed to be accounted for, and so a lurid series of episodes had to be invented to fill in the yawning gap.

In a 2007 interview, Rochus Misch, Hitler’s bodyguard, phone operator and courier  said:
“Life in the Bunker was pretty normal. Hitler was mostly very calm".

He said historians, filmmakers and journalists always got it wrong when they described the mood in the Bunker as Soviet forces closed in on Hitler in the final days of the Nazi regime.

Baron Freytag von Loringhoven who was the last survivor among the close advisers of the Führer said: "Hitler could be very aggressive but towards the end he was very controlled.
He could be pleasant and even warm. He could be very charming - he was a real Austrian".

Theo Junker, the former Waffen-SS soldier with the Viking division, stated that while he was held at a British POW camp for SS and Waffen-SS in Neuengamme after the war, he met a former
SS telephonist in the Führerbunker, who told him that Hitler was basically cool, calm, collected—and
ery much in command—right up until his last day. Despite all the stress, he never "cracked up".

Arthur Kannenberg, Hitler's butler, in an interview conducted at Nuremberg three years after the war by 
US judge Michael Musmanno, said:
"'Before the end he [Hitler] gave me gold and silver cigarette cases engraved with his name. When he handed them over he said; 'Look after these until we meet again.'


Stalin stated to Harry Hopkins, political consultant and confidant of Presidents Roosevelt and Truman, and later secretary of state, that Soviet agents reported Bormann’s escape from Berlin late the night of April 29 in a small plane and in the company of three men — one heavily bandaged — and a woman. From there, Stalin insisted, his agents traced Bormann to Hamburg, where he boarded a large U-boat and departed Germany.

"Irrefutable proof exists that a small plane left the Tiergarten at dawn on 30 April 1945, flying in the direction of Hamburg. Three men and a woman are known to have been on board. It has also been established that a large submarine left Hamburg before the arrival of the British forces. Mysterious persons were on board the submarine...."

-- From a Soviet Intelligence Commission of Inquiry Report, as quoted by James McGovern, CIA agent in charge of researching the post-war survival of Martin Bormann

"Stalin told Harry Hopkins in Moscow that he believed Bormann escaped. Now he went further and said it was Bormann who got away in the fleeing U-boat. More than that Stalin refused to disclose".

-- William Stevenson, author "The Bormann Brotherhood"

Stalin later reiterated his belief, claiming that Bormann was being harbored by the United States government in his escape and continued freedom.  The Allies, led by the United States, refused to give this story credence and ignored Stalin's demands for an explanation, and, in fact, began claiming in defense that the Soviets held Bormann. But Stalin insisted until his death that his was the correct account of Martin Bormann's fate.

Several details of these events ring true. It is a well-known fact that while Berlin was being bombed and the Nazi leadership fell into panic or fled, Martin Bormann maintained secret radio negotiations with Admiral Karl Dönitz, the commander of all of Germany’s U-boats, and had made plans to escape to Dönitz’s submarine headquarters. Dönitz at first resisted this effort but ultimately was ordered by Hitler (presumably at Bormann’s bidding) to accept Bormann at his headquarters. From this point on, details become sketchy and many disparate accounts are given of Bormann’s escape or possible end. But parallels from various, otherwise unconnected, Führer Bunker escape stories seem to indicate a probable scenario.

Hitler’s good friend Hanna Reitsch, the famous German aviatrix, tells in her autobiography how she flew seriously injured German Air Force General Ritter von Greim, whom Hitler had just made Commander of the Luftwaffe, out of Berlin late one night in the last days of the war. Other accounts confirm the flight was made 29 April 1945, the same night Stalin’s agents reported Bormann’s escape by small aircraft. Reitsch recounts how they flew to Dönitz’s headquarters "to make our last visit and farewell to Grand Admiral Donitz" before flying south to the Austrian/Swiss border — an odd and seemingly careless detour of several hundred dangerous miles with the badly injured and very important General von Greim. Was there something more to that trip than fond good-byes?

The description of the little group of night flyers is explicit and unique in its observations: a heavily bandaged man, which fits the description of von Greim at the time, and a woman, which would be Hanna Reitsch, probably the only woman in the world one could have expected to see in that circumstance, at that place, at that time.

Over the years, there have been many questions about what really happened to Hitler. Is it possible that he actually escaped justice and fled, perhaps to South America, like so many other Nazis? The idea has been debated and explored in a number of different media. Now an Israeli film producer, Noam Shalev, is working on a documentary that goes further than any previous attempt to uncover the truth of Hitler’s final days.

Developing an interest:

When interviewing someone who is producing a film maintaining that Hitler may have escaped, the first thing you want to know is whether he entertains any other conspiracy theories. Who does he think really destroyed the World Trade Center? Are the illuminati controlling the world? (One website devoted to Hitler’s death actually suggests he may have been abducted by extraterrestrials.)

We sufficed by asking Noam Shalev a question about a recent case that has similarities to Hitler’s. Does he believe that Osama Bin Laden is really dead? “Absolutely,” he said with a laugh. “I’m not a fan of conspiracy theories. This is my first film not based entirely on facts. That’s why it’s taking us so long. We’re trying to make it as factually verified as we can, without any rumors or theories or ambiguous reconstructions. We’re at a point now where we believe we have enough facts to go on.”

Shalev has directed two documentaries and produced eight, including one on the Israeli recovery organization ZAKA. The project on Hitler has been in the works for some time, although several other films of his were released recently.

"We started on it eight years ago. A researcher who was working with me, Pablo Weschler, read about the possibility in a local paper in Argentina, in an article about the wave of Nazis that arrived there in 1945. He pitched the idea to me and I said, ‘No way. We only do factual television.' I had never dealt with conspiracy theories. But I decided to start investigating. We found so many cracks in the accepted theory that something seemed wrong."

There have been a number of curious findings in recent years regarding Hitler’s death. For example, in 2009 an American archaeologist from the University of Connecticut traveled to Moscow to take a sample from the skull fragment—complete with bullet hole—that the Russians had put on display as part of Hitler’s skull, allegedly recovered by Russian troops after the fall of Berlin. DNA tests showed that the skull was that of a young woman.

In fact, as soon as he started doing research, Shalev began to turn up other suspicious things as well. “We hired more researchers in Argentina and Germany and obtained the records from the Nuremberg trials. We learned about the theory that Hitler had already escaped two days before the Bunker was raided. Some of the testimony at the Nuremburg trials seems to confirm that, including the testimony of a Luftwaffe pilot who allegedly took a few people from an improvised landing strip near the Bunker and flew them to Denmark.

An order had been issued by Hitler the day before to use all of the aircraft at their disposal to secure the corridor between Denmark and Berlin. You think to yourself, That’s what Hitler was concerned about that day? Securing a certain corridor that had no strategic value to Germany at the time? It’s weird..

“Then you see what happened with the U-boats arriving in Argentina. The last boat to arrive is hardly documented, but it is known that it was a big one. There was a lot of movement on the beach to welcome it: jeeps and wagons and horses.”

Shalev says that Argentina is the only place Hitler could have gone, and that his researchers found numerous signs of the massive influx of Nazis after the war.

“We saw reports from the ’70s and early ’80s that talk about thousands of Nazis. We’re not talking about simple Nazi soldiers. They wouldn’t have been able to get the funds for a fake passport or to travel to Argentina. These were connected guys with money who knew whom to approach for assistance. I know the number is several thousand. I can’t get more specific than that.

“The evidence is especially clear in the Argentinian town of Bariloche, in the south. It’s like a small German colony. You hear German spoken there on the streets and in the restaurants. Of course you can’t mention the word Nazi today. But there are strong neo-Nazi organizations there. In the ’70s the area was a no man’s land, and some of the Nazis were highly respected.

“Today, when you drive in the small villages along the shore and go into a restaurant or pub, you see so many souvenirs on the wall with Swastikas and German insignia. When you ask people, ‘Where did you get that from?’ they all answer, ‘My father found it on the beach in 1945.’ Pablo heard that answer all over. History is alive there because the area hasn’t changed much since 1945. But we’ve changed, and we’re more skeptical now.

“When Pablo returned from his first trip, he brought back eyewitness reports and documents from the Argentinian National Archives that had just been declassified. We found a small treasure trove there".

He and his team have been working on it ever since, and crewmembers subsequently made two filming expeditions to the country. Shalev, who owns the production company making the film, is planning to accompany them for a final visit this summer. They will also be traveling to Germany and Scandinavia. He hopes to release the finished product between January and April of 2014—and then let his viewers decide for themselves.


The research Shalev is doing is painstaking, gathering historical material of every sort. “We accumulated every possible clue or forensic result out there. For every theory that came out about Hitler’s remains, Hitler’s dental records, Hitler’s brain, there’s a counter-theory saying it’s false or the results were manipulated. It’s almost impossible to get any clear scientific facts.”

But he did find results.

“A few years ago we found quite a treasure online, which disappeared after a couple of days. It was a cache consisting of partially redacted FBI reports, original documents that were sent by intelligence officers in South America, mostly from Argentina but also from Chile. They reported information they received— both actively from spying and passively from others—and discussed very thoroughly whether or not Hitler was alive in Argentina. They mention discussions between Nazis, both those who arrived in Argentina before the war and those who came at the end. The reports were all sent to Washington and they all received the same reply signed by J. Edgar Hoover. Basically it said, ‘Thank you for your report. We’ll look into it.’

“We have more than 100 reports from Argentina. No one has yet to doubt their validity. We let several historians check them, and no one said they are fakes. We have not yet sent them to the FBI for confirmation, so there’s no formal FBI perspective thus far. When they were approached in the late ’40s, they said they had nothing to say.”

One of the most important proofs of Hitler’s death has been the testimony of several Nazis who were in the Bunker with Hitler during those last days, such as the female Luftwaffe officer Hanna Reitsch; and Hitler’s bodyguard, Rochus Misch, who is still alive. (Misch is unique in another way: After eventually returning to Germany he found out that his wife was Jewish. His daughter, an architect, has visited Israel, lived on a Kibbutz, and has worked on designs for several German synagogues. Still, despite the revelation, Misch is unrepentant about his Nazi past).

But Shalev’s researchers found eyewitnesses of their own—the most important one being the first to claim having seen Hitler in Argentina after 1945:

“She was a maid at the Eden Hotel in Cordoba, Argentina, and I think we’re the only ones who ever interviewed her. In the beginning she was very suspicious of Pablo, but then she started talking and it was impossible to stop her. She is not senile at all. She was 84 at the time of our interview.

“She was very clear that it was Hitler she had seen. She described the circumstances in great detail, how the distinguished guest arrived and how she was given orders she had never received before: You do not approach him; you do not speak to him; you do not look at him. She related her conversations with the staff, including drivers and gardeners at the hotel. She said that everybody knew but they weren’t allowed to mention it, even in passing.

“There were no names. It was just ‘the distinguished guest.’ He was put into a private villa that was rarely used, and only then by relatives of the hotel’s owner.

“The hotel was owned by the Eichhorn family of Germany. They were Hitler’s sponsors in the 1933 election for Chancellor and were his financial backbone for many years.

“The man she saw had no mustache and his hair was gray. The features, though, were absolutely his.

“The maid said she knew him very well because all the hotel rooms and dining halls had his picture hanging in them. She saw his picture every moment of the day when she was cleaning.”

"There are no other living employees of that hotel.

“We interviewed the son of a carpenter who worked there, who also claimed to have seen Hitler; the father had already died. The son gave us his father’s testimony, but it’s not really an eyewitness report.”

One of Shalev’s researchers is investigating the area in which it is rumored that Hitler lived.

“For the last few years we’ve had an expert historian, whom we call Patrick Burnside, working for us in Argentina. He uses a false name because he’s constantly being threatened by neo-Nazis. He’s been doing research on this for 20 years and has discovered amazing things that corroborate the story—as much as you can without actually finding a body.”

Why are neo-Nazis threatening him? “They just don’t want anyone around with conspiracy theories. There are certain areas in Bariloche that you don’t go near. There are several huge ranches there—I’m talking about thousands of square miles. They’re very secluded. Everyone knows they were bought by neo-Nazis in 1945. Everyone knows they used to house fugitives from Nazi Germany.

“We have the names of two specific farms where Hitler supposedly went after the war. When Patrick started snooping around there, he was chased away at gunpoint in one case; in another, he received very specific threats against him and his family. He’s also shown us a lot of correspondence from various organizations and individuals, warning him to stay away.”

Unfortunately, one potential source Shalev has been unable to contact is the Russian soldiers who first captured the bunker and supposedly unearthed Hitler’s corpse. “It was impossible to track any of them down. We read a few memoirs of some high-ranking Russian officers, and they never mentioned any other possibility besides him dying in the Bunker".

After the War

Why does Shalev believe that the truth of Hitler’s escape may have evaded the Allies?

"It’s understandable, when you look at what was going on in 1945, the mess that existed after the war. No one wanted to deal with it seriously. No one was willing to entertain conspiracy theories.

"As far as we know, the British intelligence didn’t really invest any effort into discovering what was going on in South America after the war.

"Similarly, no Nazi hunters believed that Hitler was alive. Everyone accepted the official version. No one wrote about it as far as I know, although a lot was written about the use of U-Boats to bring Nazis to Argentina.

"He was never an object of investigation. Wiesenthal and others focused on finding known Nazis and did amazing work. They focused on Eichmann and Mengele… But no one dealt with Hitler.

"When you look back, though, and see all the inconsistencies, you ask yourself why no one wanted to verify his death. Today, everyone would demand to see a videotape or a death certificate or something. But after the war, everyone wanted to believe he was dead and move on.

"There’s a famous picture taken by Russian soldiers outside the Bunker. According to Russian military reports, they poured approximately 500 liters of gasoline on the bodies, set them on fire and then took the picture. If you look at the picture, you see a profile that resembles Hitler with his mustache intact. But nothing would remain of a body except charcoal, even if much less than 500 liters had been used. You wonder why no one checked into it. No one thought it might be a fake".

The British did eventually care enough to have the soldier, and later Oxford professor of history Hugh Trevor-Roper, investigate Hitler’s death in 1945. Trevor-Roper concluded that he did die in the Bunker.

Shalev says that believing Trevor-Roper’s account requires a certain degree of trust in his sources.

“It’s convincing, assuming you trust the reports of the Russian soldiers or Russian scientists and the source of the dental records. It’s quite impossible today, or even 20 years ago, to look back and conclude that ‘that was that.’

So many things can’t be vouched for. So much of the evidence that was allegedly examined cannot be confirmed today.” And the British certainly weren’t going to hunt down leads overseas.

"Argentina was low in their priorities because they simply didn’t have the manpower to chase down his whereabouts".

The Israelis didn’t run after any rumors of Hitler either", says Shalev.

“I think that’s because they never got any hint or information about him being alive. They pursued leads that had a source. The hunt for Eichmann began with a report from a Jew in Argentina who had heard something and sent the word out to the newly-formed Mossad. In the beginning that was ignored too, by the way. So it’s not that they decided to ignore Hitler. They just had no lead to start with.

"There’s actually one member of the Mossad from that period who is still alive. His name is Rafi Eitan. He was head of the Eichmann operation. We asked him a few years ago and he said he was never involved in anything involving Hitler, and neither was the Mossad".

The Russians, on the other hand, did look into the rumors—for a little while.

"What we hear is that the rumors began to circulate toward the end of July 1945. At the time, no one really cared what was going on in Germany. Everybody accepted that Hitler died in the Bunker. The bad guy was gone; let’s celebrate.

"But in Russia, when the officers started saying that something was wrong with the story, Stalin dismissed it at first as infighting among the generals for the sake of glory and post-war promotions. Then it became serious. And Stalin said some things that seemed like he knew something was wrong, and that they really needed to check into whether Hitler had really died in the bunker. In later correspondence, from 1948 and 1949, the tone suddenly changed. The Russians decided it was an established fact, that they weren’t going to deal with it anymore, and that there shouldn’t be any more publicity".

The end of evil

Shalev says that there are a few different theories about how long Hitler could have lived after the war if he did indeed escape to Argentina.

"The latest eyewitness reports say 1955. There are also claims and documents postulating as late as 1965. It is known that Hitler had Parkinson’s disease and wasn’t well at the end of the war. In the last films, you can see that he was shaking and could hardly move his hands. It’s very unlikely that he lived another 20 years, even with the best medical treatment".

Shalev says that the maid who allegedly saw Hitler in a hotel in Argentina also saw signs of Parkinson’s. "She talked about his very rigid way of walking".

The idea that Hitler may have lived on and died a peaceful death is disturbing to many. We asked Shalev for his feelings, as a Jew, about the possibility that such an evil person survived. At first he answered quite matter-of-factly.

"You know, Nazi Germany and the Holocaust weren’t the work of one lunatic who wanted to destroy the world. He had a very well-oiled machine behind him. We’re talking about thousands of people, and multiple levels of control. To say that justice wasn’t done…is not the case.

"You have to understand that after the war there wasn’t much interest in this. Nobody really cared. Everyone wanted to move on. Nevertheless, it’s a question that has to be answered, or at least investigated as thoroughly as possible".

But what does he think Holocaust survivors might feel when hearing that Hitler may have lived to a ripe old age?

"I think there will be a commotion. Almost all of my father’s family died in Treblinka. I’ve produced two films about the Holocaust and this is a subject I relate to in many ways. “I’m sure that it’s unpleasant for a lot of people. Of course, if he did survive, it would probably be a tiny measure of consolation that he would have had to witness Germany on its knees and all of the things that happened afterward, such as the establishment of the State of Israel and the fact that the Jewish people lives on. That in itself would have been quite torturous.

"The bottom line is that nowadays we have the ability to verify what happened and finally come to a conclusion. All it takes is money and the joint participation of a lot of people. This money can come from governments or academic bodies, and I wish they would join us in this venture to help give us even better tools than we already have".

But isn’t he taking away the sense of closure that some Holocaust survivors had thinking that Hitler died in despair in an underground Bunker?

"No, I don’t think so," Shalev said. "I think that given the public discussion of Hitler’s fate in 1945, it wasn’t so farfetched that he might have survived. It was in the headlines at the time. Of course, I’d be devastated if I made a Holocaust survivor feel bad.… We want to give closure. He’s definitely dead, whether in a Bunker in Germany or later in Argentina".

At the end of the day, is Shalev convinced that Hitler survived and escaped to Argentina?

"I can’t be convinced because I don’t have a body or final proof. But I believe that the weight of evidence we have is stronger than the weight of evidence for the conventional theory".

His documentary, still a year from release, will have to convince others of that as well.

How did Hitler really die?
A new documentary claims the Nazi leader did not commit suicide in his Bunker towards the end of WWII
Hannah Brown
The Jerusalem Post 
29 December 2012

Hitler's last days were not spent in his Berlin Bunker, but in tranquil luxury in an Argentine hotel at least, that's the story that director/ producer Noam Shalev and researcher Pablo Weschler are trying to prove in their upcoming documentary, "Revealed: Hitler in Argentina", set for release next year.

We will never know the truth, Shalev cautions, sitting in the offices of Highlight Films, the video production company he and Weschler run in Bnei Brak. But there is enough evidence to build an alternative theory about what happened to Hitler.

No one believed the Russians' story of Hitler's suicide in the Bunker, says Weschler. As early as the summer of 1945, there were headlines asking, "Where is Hitler?" all over the world.

One difficulty in confirming the basic facts of Hitler's suicide with his wife, Eva Braun, in the final days of the Allies approach to Berlin, was that the Russian troops did not give access to many forensic investigators. Shalev and Weschler believe that British intelligence officer and historian Hugh Trevor-Roper's investigation was rushed and unprofessional.

But what inspired them to begin making their film about the evidence they believe leads to proof of Hitler's secret flight to Argentina were recently declassified FBI documents.

"In those days, the FBI, not the CIA, was responsible for South America," explains Weschler. "And in declassified documents, we see that the FBI took very seriously the possibility that Hitler fled to Argentina".

The FBI set up a special unit to investigate this possibility.

Shalev and Weschler are convinced they have gathered significant evidence that pinpoints Hitler's whereabouts during the years following World War II. Inspired by the book "Hitler's Escape" by Italian journalist Patrick Burnside, they have done their own research as well.

When Burnside published his book, in 1998, he got thousands of e-mails from people coming forward with information, says Shalev. Some of them were crazy, of course, but he had enough information to do more research and write another book.

The manuscript of that book, which will be published next year, was a useful guide for Shalev and Weschler, and led them to a famous hotel.

The Eden Hotel in La Falda, Cordoba [in Argentina] was owned by Ida and Walter Eichhorn, who were close friends of Hitler, explains Weschler.

Hitler sent them a Mercedes Benz as a gift. It was the first Benz in Argentina.

The once-opulent hotel, now in ruins, was the site of lavish parties, and a host of notables, including Albert Einstein, stayed there in the Twenties and Thirties.

The Eichhorns were very vocal in their support for the Nazi party, and made financial contributions.

They also broadcast speeches Hitler's, whenever he spoke on the radio, throughout the hotel.Citing a September 1945 letter from the FBI (one of the documents declassified in the Nineties), Weschler points to the lines that show that the FBI believed that if Hitler got into trouble, he could always find a safe haven with the Eichhorns if he could manage to get there.

Weschler found former employees of the hotel who say they met and waited on Hitler after the war there.

It was easy for them to recognize him, because his picture was all over the hotel, says Weschler. He says that his research shows that Hitler moved on from the hotel to an isolated rural estate in Argentina, where he lived out his days with Braun and their two daughters, and that he died in the mid-Sixties.

Particularly persuasive evidence, according to Weschler, is DNA testing done in 2009 on Hitler's skull fragments that were recovered from the Bunker.

They showed that they couldn't have been Hitler's skull because they were from a woman under 40, says Weschler, a finding that was reported in the mainstream press.

"DNA doesn't lie," he says. "The more you look into it, the less credible the official version becomes, and the more plausible an alternative theory seems."

Hotel Eden, La Falda Argentina

La Falda grew up around the hotel, and eventually crowded it out with competition.
Hotel Eden, maintained through the mid-1960s, fell into disrepair and was abandoned.
The hotel seems to be still in use as a museum.

New Investigation Questions Hitler’s Suicide
November 2015

As the Soviet Army surrounded Berlin, signaling the end of the Third Reich’s horrific reign, did Hitler really commit suicide in his underground Bunker, or did he escape to South America to live out his life unpunished?

It’s one of last century’s greatest mysteries, and now experts have determined there is as much evidence suggesting Hitler didn’t die in Berlin as there is he did.

A California University of Pennsylvania senior professor, John Cencich recently completed an investigation into Hitler’s death on behalf of the "History Channel". His conclusion that Hitler did in fact escape Berlin comes after a factual and objective analysis of historical evidence using existing forensic technology combined with the evidence from 1945.

The  impetus behind the new investigation comes from the declassification of over 700 pages of documents by the FBI which hint at the possibility Hitler may have survived and escaped to South America. Files from the Office of Strategic Services (the CIA’s predecessor) and other intelligence organizations which have been declassified worldwide were also reviewed.

The documents included a recently discovered memo written by the late J. Edgar Hoover – FBI director at the time – which states that “American Army officials in Germany have not located Hitler's body nor is there any reliable source that will say definitely that Hitler is dead.” 

The Russians were the ones to capture Berlin and eventually find the burned bodies who they believed to be Hitler and his wife, Eva Braun. However, even Josef Stalin, the Soviet leader, didn’t believe Hitler was dead and according to Cencich, from the evidence it appears the Russians botched their investigation of the  alleged suicide scene.

Add to that the existence of underground tunnels and a subway system which was determined to lead from Hitler’s Bunker to the nearby Tempelfhof Airport and you don’t have to jump very far to reach the conclusion that Hitler could have taken the tunnels to a waiting plane and then a U-boat to South America. It’s a known fact that other Nazi’s did exactly that.

Cencich was chosen to head this investigation based on his experience and reputation as a senior war crimes investigator for the United Nations. He led a criminal investigation in the former Yugoslavia, one of history’s largest, that involved murders, assassinations, torture, extermination and crimes against humanity.

It’s not likely that this new investigation into the possibility of Hitler’s flight to South America will change the history books or the accepted views of history pertaining to Hitler’s final days. However, according to Cencich, there should at least be a footnote regarding this possibility, because he himself initially saw the likelihood of Hitler’s escape to South America as far fetched, but he doesn’t anymore.

A veteran CIA agent claims to have found evidence that the leader of Nazi Germany Adolf Hitler and his mistress Eva Braun faked their his own deaths in the Bunker at the end of the Second World War and then fled to the island of Tenerife, where they traveled to South America, according to a British newspaper.

"The narrative the United States government gives us is a lie. If you look at the FBI files, you need to open an investigation," said Bob Baer, ​​an expert former CIA agent, in an article published by "The Mirror" .

According to the same media, it is one of the conclusions reached by a group of experts who analyzed a series of FBI files never before revealed. From the study of documents, Baer develops the theory that Hitler actually did not commit suicide, nor Eva Braun, but fled to the Canary Islands.

One of the documents to which experts had access said: "The US military officials in Germany have not located the body of Hitler nor is there any reliable source stating that Hitler is dead."

"The Mirror" also includes other testimonials.

"When the war ended many Nazis made an exodus to South America to start a new life away from Europe. According to this hypothesis, Hitler would have traveled by boat from Tenerife to South America to meet with other Nazis, said the former researcher of war crimes for the UN, John Cencich, in a documentary broadcast on British TV.

Hitler lived: Secret FBI files reveal evil Nazi faked death ...before flying to Tenerife
An Extraordinary new investigation based on FBI secret files claims Hitler DID survive the end of World War 2 – and may have fled to a holiday destination populular with Brits
By Patrick Knox
The Daily Star
8 January 2016

Using never seen before before documents, respected ex-UN war crimes investigator John Cencich concludes the evil dictator did not shoot himself and his wife Evan Braun in the 'Führerbunker'.

It seems World War 2 may have ended happily ever after for the Nazi leader – who lived a life of luxury under the sun while the world mourned and starved.

Mr Crencich, who led probes into war crimes in the former Yugoslavia, said he used to think the Hitler faked death conspiracy theory was "nonsense".

But after sifting through 700 pages of new declassified US secret files and travelling to various points on the suspected escape route, he is now convinced the Führer of the Third Reich lived on bathed in sunshine

“We do know from evidence both of them had doubles. If someone was going to stage a crime scene, this was the perfect way to do it.”

Among the compelling proof that Hitler faked his own death is the fact that his body was recorded by the Russians as being five inches shorter than the dictator, who was five foot six inches.

A skull with a bullet hole was said to be smaller.

Mr Crencich said: "We do know from evidence both of them had doubles. If someone was going to stage a crime scene, this was the perfect way to do it.

“The accepted truth that he committed suicide is ambiguous".

Based on new evidence John Cencich believes Hitler faked his own death.

Hitler's corpse also disappeared before British and American authorities could check it out.

In the top secret papers, FBI chief J. Edgar Hoover said there was nothing to prove Hitler was dead.

Mr Crienich along with CIA veteran Bob Baer discovered a network of tunnels that formed a route to Tempelhof Airport.

Hitler is believed to have stayed in the Canary Islands after the war.

Hitler is then thought to have flown to fascist Spain and then to the Canary Islands.

The islands include includes sunny destinations favoured by Brits such as Tenerife, Fuerteventura and Lanzarote.

From here it is thought he eventually travelled by U-Boat to Argentina, where he met wealthy friends.

He led a life of luxury in a secret compound, all the time plotting his return.

Mr Crencich said: "I am really pleased with what we have found. Could he have made it here? Absolutely".

Another version was quoted by the newspaper "ABC" in Spain, based on the book "In the Footsteps of Hitler", by the journalist Abel Basti. According to this researcher, Hitler fled to Patagonia and Paraguay after his flight from Berlin.

Hitler was "buried in British territory – in Jesus Christ's tomb"
Adolf Hitler survived the end of World War 2 and fled to a British territory – and is now buried in Jesus Christ's tomb, explosive new claims suggest.
Patrick Knox
The Daily Star
29 May 2016

Using never seen before FBI documents, respected ex-UN war crimes investigator John Cencich and journalist Gerrard Williams concluded Hitler escaped the fall of the Third Reich in 1945.

Following an investigation they found Hitler slipped away from Berlin moments before the Soviets invaded – making his way to the Canary Islands and then South America.

But now a conspiracy theory suggests the evil Nazi dictator may have actually taken sanctuary after the war in remote Kashmir in India which was then British colony.

What is more extraordinary is that the evil dictator – who despised all forms of religion in favour of his warped death cult – is buried in a shrine reputed to be Jesus Christ's final resting place.

The theory that Hitler fled to Kashmir via the Middle East and Afghanistan has been floating around among Kashmiris for years.

But it has only gained traction after the investigation by Mr Cencich and Mr Williams concluded Hitler escaped the fall of the Third Reich alive.

Spearheading the theory is respected Kashmiri writer and historian Farooq Renzu Shah.

He insists: "Hitler escaped to Kashmir, India, where his grave is in Rozbal garden".

In the shabby backstreets of Srinagar is an old building known as the Rozabal shrine.

But it is padlocked tight and it has a watchman guarding it to make sure no-one goes near the corpse.

Mr Shah believes the truth about Hitler could be found in official documents which he is now calling to be declassified.

He claims Adolf was pals with an Indian nationalist and Nazi sympathiser called Subhas Chandra Bose.

Bose collaborated with the Japanese in the fight against British rule in India.

Bose shared a hatred of the British with Axis powers Japan and Germany because of their colonization of India. He headed the Indian National Army – devoted to booting out the Brits.

He even lived in Third Reich for a spell during the war and formed a good friendship with Hitler.

Using his connections in India, he was said to have arranged a safe haven for the Nazi chief among the then Maharaja of Kashmir who kept the world’s most hated man in his palace, lavishing him in a life of luxury amid stunning scenery.

It is unclear from the theory when he died.

But Hitler was suffering the symptoms of Parkinson’s disease and could have only lived a few more years with medicine available in the 1940s.

It is claimed he was then taken to a tomb in Rozabal which is reputed to be the final resting place of Christ – the least likely place anyone would expect the fugitive Führer to be buried.

But because the site is holy an exhumation is unlikely any time soon because of strict laws safeguarding spiritual sites.

Yet while the theory remains that Hitler escaped his Bunker in Berlin and fled to a safe haven, Russia insists he did die and it has the bones to prove it.

According to Russian government authorities, the Führer’s skull and jaw with some teeth intact are safely stored away in one of Vladimir Putin's vaults in Moscow.

This has raised the prospect of Hitler being cloned should any DNA remain in his bones.

But the remains have not been confirmed as Adolf's and some claim the Soviet Union faked the discovery to avoid the embarrassment of Hitler escaping under their noses.

Yet until the bones with the Russians and those in Kashmir can be subject to DNA tests we will never know the true fate of Adolf Hitler.

-- NARA has a file named "ENTRY 216 boxes 250/64/34/02 (box 8)" which details Hitler's proposed escape to India in 1945


Did Hitler Die in the Bunker or did He Flee to Argentina? 
The journalist Eric Frattini has traced the question in official documents and exposes his theories in a book

The Peruvian journalist and writer Eric Frattini ("Lima", 1963) has spent time going through "3,000 pages of official documents" in files across half the world, ones that conclude "Hitler died in the Bunker?", and ones that expose he could have escaped to Argentina.  "My purpose is to raise questions", he says.

In "Hitler died in the Bunker?", he relies on these official documents to "pull down" all the theories about the suicide of the Nazi leader and "cast doubt" on the readers of a world in which "nobody raises or questioned anything," he explains in an interview.

The author does not want to compromise but recognizes that, before beginning his investigation he as a "defender" of suicide abut now, "after reading so many documents" considered "by 50% he committed suicide in the Bunker and 50% he escaped to Argentina", he says, "I make a study of official and unofficial history and then present present it all, whether you're a famous accepted historian or a 'conspiranoico' that professes that Hitler took refuge in Antarctica, and shows it by documents".

With "Hitler died in the Bunker?" the writer, referring to the 70th anniversary of the end of World War II and the death of the "Führer", on 30 April 1945, raises questions about the different versions that exist of the suicide of Hitler and of his possible flight to Latin America.

To do this,  bases his research on documents relating to the flight of Hitler in the files of the FBI, the CIA, the British MI6, the KGB, the FSB Russian -Agency successor to the KGB, the Commission on Clarification of Nazi Activities in Argentina (CEANA) and the German government, among others, all gathered during "six years of research."

Frattini Peru says he "never" works in Spain because, he argues, "with" "Spanish"  collaboration I would have been "impossible" to write a book like this.

"We are talking about a country that does not meet the Constitution and the legal regulations regarding the declassification of documents and where archivists are hidden byn the Data Protection Act," says the author. 
The governments of the United States, Britain, Russia and Argentina collaborated with him "without any difficulty".
"There is  comparatively tighter control by the Russians and they have a federal law concerning the declassification of documents".
For example, he has referrs to "an official document sent by the German government" signed by the former head of the Gestapo, Heinrich Müller which authorizes "special flight" from Berlin to Barcelona on 20 April 1945,  "where the number one and number two on the passenger list are Hitler and his wife Eva Braun". 
"There must be some record of the flight to Barcelona in a military archive of the time, but it would take so long to quarrel about him that I did not try", he explains.

Perhaps the  most sensational "revelation" in "Gestapo Chief: The 1948 Interrogation of Heinrich Müller", by Gregory Douglas, is that Hitler did not commit suicide on 30 April 1945, as those who were with him in the final days of the war later unanimously testified, but instead escaped to Spain. Müller insists that, with his help, Hitler and his mistress, Eva Braun, left Berlin on 22 April 1945, and flew from Austria on the 26th in a special four-motor aircraft that arrived the next day in Barcelona. "Listen to me," Müller tells his American interrogator. "Hitler went to Spain. I know for certain his plane landed safely ..."

To confirm this testimony, the author presents what appears to be a facsimile reproduction of an authentic German document dated 20 April 1945. Headed "Special Führer Journey to Barcelona," and signed by Müller, it declares that "the Führer and his entourage will depart from airfield Hörching [near Linz] on 26 April 1945".

Müller says that, as part of the escape operation, he found a man who looked like Hitler to serve as a "double". Thus, Müller says, Hitler's wedding to Eva Braun in the Berlin Bunker on 28 or 29 April 1945, was "pure theater." Afterwards, Müller goes on, the "double" was shot and his body left so that the Russians would find it, to mislead them into believing they had discovered the Führer's corpse.

The man who crafted this that the "Gestapo Chief" series of books is a known fabricator of documents who has used a variety of names over the years, including Peter Stahl, Samuel Prescot Bush, and Freiherr Von Mollendorf. His real name, apparently, is Peter Norton Birch or Peter Norwood Burch.

Perhaps the most obviously suspect feature of the "Gestapo Chief" series is that the author will not permit any independent examination of his "original" documents. (To be sure, not all the documents he presents are fraudulent. To add credibility to his book, "Douglas" includes, among his forgeries, a number of indisputably authentic wartime documents).

Characteristic of this entire series is the clearly fraudulent "facsimile document" of 20 April 1945. This is actually the author's second, "corrected" version. The first appeared with an article he wrote for the spring 1990 issue of "The Military Advisor", a magazine issued by the same firm that publishes "Gestapo Chief". But whereas the "SS" characters are rendered in this earlier "facsimile" as normal typescript letters, they are rendered in "Gestapo Chief" as "lightning bolt" runes.

How did these amazing documents come into the author's possession? In "Gestapo Chief", the first volume of the series, "Douglas" tells the reader that "In the early 1980s, by means that are not of concern here, all of Müller's personal files came into private hands". Later "Douglas" claimed that Müller personally gave him these extraordinary documents ("Spotlight", 6 January 1997). In another "Spotlight" interview (9 November 1998), "Douglas" claimed to have met Müller in 1963, and to have known him well until his death in 1983. Remarkably, no mention of this twenty-year relationship appears in volume one of "Gestapo Chief".

To credit Douglas' fantastic yarns requires one to accept that Hitler's personal and political testaments of 29 April 1945, are phony, and that all those who were with him in the final days in the Berlin Bunker, and who survived the war, conspired for decades in a lie to hide the German leader's escape to Spain.

"The whole story of the alleged suicides of Hitler and Eva in the Bunker is totally farcical. The testimony of every single witness is badly tainted; not one witness is credible. There is, moreover, a far greater than normal incidence of changed testimony. This could be partially explained by several factors: the need for conformity, media pressure, or monetary gain".

-- Thomas, Hugh. Doppelgängers. "The Truth About the Bodies in the Bunker". Fourth Estate, London, 1995

James Preston O'Donnell, in "The Bunker" disputed the reliability of the interrogations of witnesses in 1945, which are used as primary sources by most historian. Many witnesses admitted that they either lied or withheld information during their 1945 interviews, mainly due to pressure from their interrogators (this was especially true of those captured by the Soviets).

Also, why would a documentary trail of a planned escape even be created when so much of the rest of the trail is so thoroughly and carefully obfuscated? Why take the chance that such a plot would be discovered and undone by creating a document?

But assuming the document to be genuine for the sake of argument, then perhaps it was intended as further obfuscation, for it indicates an escape from Germany by air to Nationalist Spain, a hazardous undertaking to say the least, since any available route from Berlin to that country would have flown through air space thoroughly under Allied control.

A Madrid message says that the Spanish Foreign Minister, in the strongest terms, has denied, that Hitler is anywhere in Spain: "If Hitler had taken refuge here, Spain, in accordance with her agreement with the United Nations, would have immediately notified the Allies".

-- The Daily News (Perth, WA : 1882 - 1950)
11 June 1945

Some of the questions posed by Frattini revolve around the "official history" of Hugh Trevor-Roper, who did a study on the orders of former British Prime Minister Winston Churchill certifying the suicide of Hitler to be declared "official" in late 1945.

"I began to realize that many important historians such as Joachim Fest or Stanley Payne, have been copying and plagiarizing others and assuming that the suicide story is real, have been supporting the same official story," he said.

German historian Werner Maser wrote in his biography "Adolf Hitler":

"The charred body (Hitler's)... there was nothing left of the face and only a horribly burnt remnant of the shattered skull - was pushed on to a tarpaulin, lowered into a shell crater in the vast graveyard around the Chancellery and, under heavy Soviet artillery fire, covered with earth, which was then stamped down with a wooden stamper".

Maser cited Otto Günsche's testimony. But when asked in 1994 Günsche said that he didn't known Maser and that he had never said anything like what Maser cited in his book. This quote from Otto Günsche was used in a biography on Hitler by Joachim C Fest, newspapers and many other books. This shows how myths and legends are born and perpetuated in literature by reputable historians and journalists.

For Frattini, "historians have been complicit in the official histories" because it is "more comfortable" to handle official history "and so not investigating new things".

"So the great struggle is between historians and journalists writers. Therefore 'sell more books' were sold by writers/journalists, because we were not the official version,"  he argues.

The writer, who "lived" the last fifteen years "for his books", revealed that "has lost the taste for sold writing" and cherishes the idea that this is his last book, with publications planned for 2016 in Spain.


TRUTH: Hitler survived and escaped to Argentina
Posted on April 6, 2015 by Awakezone Team 

Hitler Survived the Battle of Berlin

I’m trying to make a point here. And the theory that Adolf Hitler survived the Battle of Berlin and escaped is making a strong comeback. The book "Grey Wolf: The Escape of Adolf Hitler" (2011) by Simon Dunstan & Gerrard Williams are not the only ones that questions the traditional incorrect report. Now there’s a new movie coming out 2015 called: “Revealed” from Highlight Films, by Noam Shalev. Which in fact proves that Hitler did survive and came to Argentina. Noam Shalev seems to be an excellent investigator and truthful..

Magazine and newspaper articles about Hitler’s possible escape to South America by submarine were common after World War II. Religious-cult founder Herbert Armstrong, in his "Plain Truth" magazine, published similar speculations in the 1960s to support his prophecies that the Third Reich would be resurrected in the 1970s as the Fourth Reich.

Many so-called "orthodox Historians" have also told their point about Hitlers death with the "ridicule" technique, or by historian Guy Walters who today branded them "2,000 per cent rubbish".’ But I brand THEM as rubbish and narrow-minded for NOT investigating this truthfully. They stand on the old garbage version of this important piece of information which was downgraded to a junk story, being accepted as the truth about Hitler's death. Pathetic that 7-10 Russian soldiers first conviction can form the basis for what a world to believe in 70 years. For it was not Soviet Army's judgment that they found Hitler’s mortal remains. It was 7-10 soldiers who reported what they thought was Hitler’s corpse. This was truly also drawn back later.

On the 8 May - the day the autopsy of the putative Hitler remains was only being carried out by the Soviets - an American war correspondent, Joseph ("Joe") W. Grigg Jr, announced from Berlin that Hitler's body had almost certainly been found. Grigg was soon forced to retract his initial scoop, however by a particularly odd set of circumstances.

On 10 May, he reported that "Four bodies, blackened and charred, that seem to answer to Hitler's general appearance have been dragged out of the [Chancellery] ruins". He observed that "none has been identified as being definitely that of the Nazi Führer".

Grigg's conclusion was appropriately pessimistic: "...the Russians are beginning to believe that no body that can be identified without any shadow of doubt as that of Adolf Hitler ever will be found now".

Käthe Heusermann was taken to  SMERSH headquarters on 10 May. By this stage, the jawbones had been removed from the alleged Hitler corpse, for Heusermann was shown them in a cigar box. This would presumably have been done in order to make them easier to study; however, this raises the problem of the chain of evidence, for there are no means of knowing whether the jawbones Heusermann was shown really came from the corpse autopsied on 8 May.

In early June 1945, it was revealed that the Bunker had been littered with bodies of numerous individuals dressed in Hitler's trousers. On 9 June, during a press conference attended by British, American, French and Russian reporters, the Soviet military commander Marshal Georgi K. Zhukov admitted that they had "found no corpses which could be Hitler's". The Soviet commandant of Berlin, Colonel-General Nikolai E. Bezarin, explained that the Russians had "...found several bodies in Hitler's Reich Chancellery with the Führer's name on their clothes... In Hitler's Chancellery we found, in fact, too many bodies with his name on the clothes. It got to be a joke. Every time I would find a pair of pants I would say, 'These are Hitler's'."  Zhukov then  told the reporters that he now considered it a serious possibility that Hitler had escaped Berlin by air. "He could have taken off at the very last moment, for there was an airfield at his disposal".

Hitler's chauffeur Erich Kempka and former Reich Youth leader Artur Axmann, had both testified under oath in Nuremberg that on 30 April 1945 they had seen a body being carried out of the Führer's Bunker which was wrapped in a blanket and was dressed in Hitler's trousers, shoes and socks. Nevertheless the Berlin records office did not consider this to be proof that Hitler was dead maintaining  that this could have been any corpse dressed in Hitler's trousers and shoes..

Josef Stalin knew better as did most of the world leaders of the time!  Stalin even made a great fuss about Hitler’s escape in statements he made in July of 1945 more than two months after the alleged suicide. Stalin never changed his story, Hitler escaped to Argentina, he stated until his death.

The Official Version

Adolf Hitler killed himself by gunshot on 30 April 1945 in his Führerbunker in Berlin. His wife Eva Braun committed suicide with him by taking cyanide. That afternoon, in accordance with Hitler’s prior instructions, their remains were carried up the stairs through the Bunker’s emergency exit, doused in petrol, and set alight in the Reich Chancellery garden outside the Bunker. Records in the Soviet archives show that their burnt remains were recovered and interred in successive locations until 1970, when they were again exhumed, cremated, and the ashes scattered.

Accounts differ as to the cause of death; one states that he died by poison only and another that he died by a self-inflicted gunshot while biting down on a cyanide capsule. Contemporary historians have rejected these accounts as being either Soviet propaganda or an attempted compromise in order to reconcile the different conclusions.

One eye-witness recorded that the body showed signs of having been shot through the mouth, but this has been proven unlikely.

On 2 September 1955, Artur Axmann stated:

"Based on the signs I found, I had to assume that Adolf Hitler had shot himself in the mouth. For me the chin, which was pushed to the side, and the blood trails on the temples caused by an internal explosion in the head, all pointed to this. Later the same day SS-Sturmbannführer Günsche confirmed my assumption. I stick to my statement based on the signs I saw, that Adolf Hitler shot himself in the mouth".

Otto Günsche, however, in his 20 June 1956 testimony stated:

"The head was canted (tilted) slightly forward to the right. I noticed an injury to the head slightly above the outer end of the angle of the right eyelid. I saw blood and a dark discoloration. The whole thing was about the size of an old three Mark piece".

Representatives of the Walther firm which manufactured the Walther PPK 7.65 are adamant. If the muzzle was placed against the head as it was discharged an exit wound the size of a closed fist should be on the other side of the victim's head. The only way the corpse could be in the condition described by the witnesses was if the shot was fired from a distance of ten or twelve feet.

There is also controversy regarding the authenticity of skull and jaw fragments which were recovered. In 2009, American researchers performed DNA tests on a skull Soviet officials had long believed to be Hitler’s. The tests revealed that the skull was actually that of a woman less than 40 years old.

Historians Wrong

The new facts from documents and witnesses, shows that the escape thesis means that all historians who specialized in Adolf Hitler who even chronicled the Battle of Berlin and Hitler’s direction of it day by day got it wrong. But could there be something more to this story?

Today its well-known that American intelligence officials were complicit in the escape, in return for access to war technology developed by the Nazis. But did Hitler put pressure on the Americans via his scientists? Because they were all still very loyal Nazis? Hitler could have pressed Nazi-scientists and Americans from his hiding in Argentina: “Leave me alone or  you get no new technology from my scientists?"

The Americans, British and Russians netted thousands of Nazis after the war. Many personnel of Hitler’s Bunker who had interacted with Hitler were captured, imprisoned and repeatedly interrogated for up to 11 years. Today we have websites that list the Bunker staff, the hour they last saw Hitler, and how long the Allies held them captive.

On 30 April, 2.30 a.m. Hitler personally said goodbye to about 20 staff gathered in the main passage of the Bunker.

General Wilhelm Mohnke who knew Hitler personally and was in charge of defending central Berlin reported to Hitler at 6 a.m. 30 April. At noon General Weidling who was in overall command of the defense of Berlin briefed Hitler that Soviet troops were storming the Reichstag (the Parliament building). Mohnke was also present again. Could a substitute for Hitler have fooled generals who knew Hitler?

And there were others eyewitnesses. The chief of Hitler’s bodyguard, Hans Rattenhuber, was called to Hitler’s room at 10 p.m. on the 29 April (and tried to persuade him to leave Berlin) and was present in the Bunker on the 30 April. Secretary Traudl Junge was present. So was Hitler’s chauffeur, Erich Kempka, who, at 2.30 p.m., 30 April, was ordered to get 200 liters of petrol for the cremation.

What you have to know about the Bunker is that it had a vast amount of other passages out from where Hitler's alleged room was.

Escape by Airplane

Was escape by airplane possible? Yes Russian soldiers even reported that at least two airplanes took of from Berlin during the Soviet siege. Flights in and out of Berlin occurred until 29 April. On 22 April ten transport aircraft flew out from Tempelhof Airport, in south-east Berlin, carrying prominent Nazis and their staff to Munich. The last passenger plane also left that day with passengers for Sweden.

Evidence also includes Luftwaffe pilot Peter Baumgart who testified, in a Nürnberg court that he had personally flown Hitler and his entourage to an intermediate destination in Denmark.

Baumgart’s testimony is also corroborated by notes from the U.S. Army interrogation of an SS Lieutenant who claimed to have witnessed the escape.

Maintains Hitler Escaped to Denmark
The Advocate
9 February 1949  

LONDON, Tuesday. - Captain Peter Baumgart, a former German Luftwaffe pilot, who insisted that he flew Hitler and Eva Braun to Denmark shortly before the fall of Berlin, was today sentenced by a tribunal of three Polish judges to imprisonment for five years for being a member of the S.S.

Baumgart told the tribunal that he was born in South-West Africa, but renounced British citizenship in 1935. He claimed he had shot down 128 Allied aircraft in Crete, Italy, North Africa and the Eastern Front, and was the holder of the Iron Cross and other decorations.

He added that on 25 May 1945 [sic], shortly before the fall of Berlin, Hitler suddenly summoned him and ordered him to fly to Denmark.

Hitler, Eva Braun and a German general, with others, boarded his plane in Berlin, and it took off for Denmark. The plane made a forced landing at Magdeburg, but, upon Hitler's insistence, he flew the following day through an artillery barrage to the Danish shore.

They landed about 44 miles from the Eiter River in a field. Hitler shook hands with him, gave him a cheque for 20,000 Marks, and ordered him to return to Berlin immediately. Baumgart added that he believed Hitler and his party had boarded a submarine.

One of the judges reminded Baumgart that Allied 'Intelligence reports showed that Hitler and Eva Braun killed themselves on 3 May 1945 [sic], but Baumgart stuck lo his story, adding that, Hitler was 'not  the kind of man to take his own life.'

Baumgart’s own claims would be separately corroborated by the testimony of a German prisoner of war, Friedrich Argelotty-Mackensen. The transcript of Mackensen’s interrogation by U.S. Admiral Michael Musmanno records a sighting of Hitler speaking to wounded German soldiers at an airfield, in Tønder, Denmark, three days before he was supposed to have died in Berlin.

Musmanno: “Who had command of the plane?”

Mackensen: “Well, of course, I have no idea. I only know that in one of the planes in which Hitler was, that this plane was being flown or piloted by a certain Captain Baumgart. I was lying in the grass and then I was being picked up again. I was carried to some certain place around the plane. Then somebody set me down. All the others were standing there already. Somebody put a knapsack under my head and then Hitler was standing there and… one moment now. Now, now, at the crucial point! Hitler has said that Admiral Dönitz is now in supreme command of the German army and Admiral Dönitz will enter into unconditional surrender with the Western powers. He is not authorized to surrender to the Eastern powers".

During the Trial Baumbach was doubted and sent to an asylum for psychological evaluation because he maintained that he was the man who facilitated Hitler’s escape.  The asylum concluded that this man was very sane and he would maintain his story to his death.  The tribunal simply passed him off as a “lunatic” even though their own psychiatrists had testified he was not insane at all.  Why was this man's testimony not believed? 

According to period newspaper accounts, Baumgart was briefly imprisoned in Poland after the war, released in 1951, and "never heard of again". However, Baumgart after his release from  Polish prison surfaced in the form of a TWA passenger manifest. According to it, Baumgart flew from Europe to New York before catching a flight for Washington, D.C., within weeks of his 1951 parole.

The book  "Grey Wolf – The Escape of Adolf Hitler"  by Gerrard Williams and Simon Dunstan, has plenty of detail, footnotes, and claims about secret passages, Swiss bank accounts, and Vatican involvement. And that’s the problem the book is thick on speculation but thin on facts relevant to the escape thesis.

Did Adolf Hitler Survive World War 2 And Flee Germany? Hidden Berlin Tunnel Discovery Sparks New Theory
Gregory Wakeman
16 October 2015

The discovery of a secret tunnel hidden under Berlin has sparked a new theory that Adolf Hitler actually survived World War II and managed to flee Germany out to South America.

This discovery and revelation will be documented on "Hunting Hitler", a new eight-part documentary that will start airing on the History Channel on Monday, November 2.

According to the "Express", in the midst of shooting this program a false wall was found in a Berlin subway station. This then led the show to hypothesize that Adolf Hitler used this to escape from Nazi Germany, which at the time of his alleged suicide had been surrounded by the invading Russian troops.

Those in control of creating "Hunting Hitler" were also able to get their hands on around 700 declassified confidential FBI documents, some of which questioned whether Adolf Hitler had actually committed suicide alongside his wife Eva Braun. Instead they suggested that Hitler had fled Germany as his Nazi regime collapsed around him, and eventually ended up in South America.

One of the secret documents that was written by J. Edgar Hoover, the FBI director at the time of Hitler’s supposed death, declared, “American Army officials in Germany have not located Hitler’s body, nor is there any reliable source that will say definitely that Hitler is dead.”

Spurred on by this new evidence, "Hunting Hitler’s" team of investigators, which includes Bob Baer, an ex-CIA veteran; Tim Kennedy, who led the search for Osama Bin Laden afer 9/11; and Sascha Keil, a respected German historian, have been gathering evidence in their quest to learn what actually happened to Adolf Hitler.

They’ve approached it like a cold case, and have learned that there was a huge exodus of Nazi personnel and belongings from Tempelhof Airport on 21 April 1945. This was one day after the last confirmed public sighting of Adolf Hitler, while it’s also been reported that eight of these planes were packed with Hitler’s personal baggage.

The discovery of the above tunnel proves that Hitler could have traveled from the Bunker where he is believed to have killed himself in all the way to Tempelhof Airport underground. For years there was a clear passage from the Bunker to the airport, except for the final 200 yards. Now, with the discovery of this hidden tunnel, the final connection has been unearthed.

Speaking of the discovery of the tunnel, Jason Wolf, who is "Hunting Hitler‘s" show-runner, declared, “It was a Eureka moment. We were looking for the tunnel when Sascha suddenly went rogue down the subway. He knocked on the wall and it sounded hollow. We brought out the sonar and confirmed it was a false wall.”

"Hunting Hitler’s" escapades also took them to the jungles in northern Argentina, where they found a compound in the province of Misiones. There they discovered hoards of Nazi paraphernalia and artifacts.
Baer admitted that he was originally skeptical about whether Hitler had actually been able to leave Nazi Germany undetected. Like everyone else, he had heard these rumors, but had dismissed them as false.

But he has now admitted that all of their discoveries have helped change his thoughts on the matter.

“I couldn’t resist this story,” he declared. “And the opportunity to use my knowledge about people escaping to look at the possibility that Hitler escaped from Berlin on 21 April 1945 and made it to South America. “Was that possible? Yes.”

"Hunting Hitler" concludes that if Adolf Hitler did manage to make it out of Nazi Germany and Berlin alive, he’d have done so right under the noses of the advancing Russian army, before then traveling on a U-boat from Spain [or Norway] to Argentina.

Was The Airfield Useable?

Beate Uhse (1919-2001) was a Luftwaffe captain (and the only woman to have piloted a jet fighter). She landed an Arado 66, probably on 23 April, at Gatow Airfield on the western edge of Berlin. Tony Le Tissier, in "Race for the Reichstag: The 1945 Battle for Berlin", says Uhse came to rescue her infant son from the family home in the suburb Rangsdorf. When she returned to the airport the Arado had been destroyed. She flew out in another aircraft with her son, his nanny, a mechanic and two wounded soldiers.

Albert Speer, Germany’s munitions and armaments minister, also flew in on the 23rd and landed at Gatow. A second airplane took him to the East-West Axis, the linked highways through the city center which, near Hitler’s Bunker, had been converted into a runway.

Hans Baur (1897-1993), Hitler’s personal pilot since 1932 and author of "Hitler At My Side", supervised the constant repair of bomb and artillery damage to the East-West Axis runway. On 26 April  two Junkers-52 transport planes landed there and brought reinforcements.

Gatow airfield remained usable until 27 April  — on  26 April transport aircraft landed 500 sailors there to help defend Berlin.

Hanna Reitsch

That same day (26 April) Germany’s most famous test pilot Hanna Reitsch (1912-1979) arrived at Gatow with Robert von Greim whom Hitler wanted to appoint Commander-in-Chief of the Luftwaffe. Her airplane was later destroyed on the ground by Russian artillery. Gatow fell to the Russians about 29 April after fierce fighting with Luftwaffe cadets who sheltered behind wrecked aircraft or fired anti-aircraft guns at oncoming Russian tanks.

Until 29 April aircraft could still land or depart close to Hitler’s Bunker. At 28/29 midnight April a replacement airplane for Reitsch and von Greim arrived: "a Luftwaffe pilot landed an Arado trainer on the Charlottenburg Chaussee between the Brandenburg Gate and the Victory Column in what can only be termed a masterpiece of aeronautics." (Reported by Soviet soldiers)

About 1.00 a.m. 29 April, shortly before Hitler’s wedding to Eva Braun, von Greim and Reitsch departed Berlin in the replacement airplane. As they left they observed a Ju-52 off the runway and a pilot waiting. James O’Donnell ("The Berlin Bunker") concludes that this Ju-52 was waiting for Hermann Fegelein, Eva’s brother-in-law, who never reached it, being instead executed for desertion. Reitsch was held by the Americans until October 1946 for questioning over the possibility that she had flown Hitler out.

Hans Baur was “one of the few people who were truly close to Hitler”. He saw Hitler on the morning of 30 April and offered to fly him out in a Fieseler Storch. This was a common German liaison airplane which required very short landing and take-off distances. One had been used to rescue Benito Mussolini off the Gran Sasso plateau near Rome in 1943 and had landed in only 30 meters and taken off in 80 meters. But Hitler declined the offer. Baur was captured when Bunker personnel made break-out attempts on 2 May and was repeatedly interrogated until 1955.

In the 1920s aircraft already existed that could cross the Atlantic. Germany, in 1945, possessed several giant Junkers Ju-390 — ultra-modern, fast, 6-engined and capable of flying 6000 miles. This could have reached Japanese Manchuria or, with a refueling stop, South America.

SS Staff Sgt. Rochus Misch, the telephone operator in the Führerbunker, said, "There were two planes waiting to the north of Berlin. One of them was a Ju 390, and [the other] a Blohm & Voss that could fly the same distance. So Hitler could have escaped if he had wanted to".

James P O'Donnell, for his book "The Berlin Bunker"  interviewed Reichsminister Albert Speer and Hitler's pilot Hans Baur.

Speer saying that Baur had serious plans to fly Hitler out on 23, 28 and 29 April 1945.

He reported Baur being coy about the Ju-390 aircraft's ability to fly Hitler away from Berlin,  but also quoted Baur himself, after the war saying "right up to the last day I could have flown the Führer anywhere in the world".

In his book O'Donnell quotes Speer saying that Baur was fascinated with Rechlin projects and especially the Ju-390, however he was denied use of the Ju-390, stationed at Rechlin airfield 90 km north of Berlin, on 17 April  by Hans Kammler.

Baur had devised a plan to allow Hitler to escape from the Battle of Berlin; a Fieseler Fi 156 Storch was held on standby which could take off from an improvised airstrip in the Tiergarten, near the Brandenburg Gate. However, Hitler refused to leave Berlin.

On 26 April 1945, the improvised landing strip was used by Hanna Reitsch to fly in Colonel-General Robert Ritter von Greim, appointed by Hitler as head of the Luftwaffe after Hermann Göring's dismissal. During the night of 28/29 April, Reitsch flew von Greim out on the same road-strip. 

Hitler suggested to Baur that he evacuate himself and Martin Bormann the same way. After Hitler's suicide, Baur found the improvised road-strip too pot-holed for use and over-run by the Soviet 3rd Shock army.

Georg Betz, Hitler's personal co-pilot, was present with Baur when Hitler said his farewell to his personal pilots 29 April. Baur pleaded with Hitler to leave Berlin. The men volunteered to fly Hitler out of Germany in a Ju 390 and to safety. It was all in vain as Hitler turned Baur down, stating he had to stay in Berlin.

At their last meeting on 30 April 1945, Baur implored his leader to let him fly the Reich Chancellor to anywhere in the world he wanted to go—Imperial Japan, Juan Péron’s Argentina, or the Arab countries of the still-volatile Mideast. But Hitler was adamant. He would stay in Berlin and die there, committing suicide rather than being captured alive by the Soviet Army. 

The world learned in 2004 from then 93 year old Hauptmann Ernst König that on 1 May 1945 he received orders from Baur to prepare a six engined Bv222 flying boat to fly VIP passengers from Norway to Greenland.

The plan, which was scuppered by the German surrender, would have involved Hermann Göring, Heinrich Himmler and other senior figures taking off from north Germany to continue their struggles from abroad.

The Escape

Previously unpublished intensive field research in Argentina, including interviews with many eyewitness to his presence there, new findings that prove the "Hitler" skull held by the Russians is actually that of a young woman, and previously unpublished scientific evidence proving Hitler had a double being used in public in Berlin as late as March 1945 make the story compelling.

Berlin had over 1000 Bunkers, many underground factories, and connecting tunnels. There were also secret tunnels below the underground. This underground world, however, became itself a battleground and was partly flooded. An escape attempt on the ground was not an option, but the secret underground passage was however an option for Hitler. It’s through this passage they escaped.

The former agent Greg Hallett describes how the English intelligence service, in two coordinated operations during the Russian siege of Berlin, rescued both Hitler and his nearest man Martin Bormann, from getting into Russian captivity.

Donald McKale identifies the earliest source of the myth of Hitler’s escape to the southern hemisphere as the unexpected surrender of a German submarine in early July 1945 at Mar del Plata, Argentina.

In 1952, Eisenhower was quoted as saying, "To be honest, we have been unable to unearth one bit of tangible evidence of Hitler’s death".
Several Buenos Aires newspapers, in defiance of Argentine Navy statements, said that rubber boats had been seen landing from it, and other submarines spotted in the area.

On 16 July 1945, the "Chicago Times" carried a sensational article on the Hitlers having slipped off to Argentina.

The archive evidence does not suggest that it would have been particularly difficult to escape unnoticed in Argentina. Recently the Argentine naval archive and also the Police archive declassified documents relating to the submarine U-977 and two other U-boats which allegedly unloaded close to Necochea, Buenos Aires province, on the night of 27 July 1945.

Conspiracy Questioned

Why can’t they believe that an escape took place? Almost all of them answers: Why years of interrogation failed to shake witnesses’ testimonies?

How strange is that then? Come on...

Top Nazi officials including Göbbels and Bormann escorted Hitler’s body, wrapped in a blanket, outside for burning. What if the body was Hitler’s double, (it is proven he had several) someone who had received identical dental work? So whats so difficult with that? The real Hitler disguised, and shielded by the same senior Nazis, could have left that night when most Bunker personnel were distracted with alcohol. Hitlers doubles also had dental work made.

Next a flight out in a “Storch” the airplane with the short take-off distance. The German air force could, even at this late stage, have protected Hitler’s escape flight-route: Adolf Galland (a Luftwaffe commander), for example, commanded 70 jet fighters! ("The First and the Last") After that, either a Junkers Ju-390 or a submarine and off to Argentina.

Bunker survivors, no matter how long interrogated, would sincerely describe what they seemingly saw - that Hitler was dead. Well they couldn’t have said something else. You can actually force someone to believe they saw something they didn’t.

Two months after the German surrender, two German submarines surrender to the Argentinians.

A German U-boat, U-530, entered the Argentine naval base at Mar del Plata after escaping from Germany with Hitler, Eva Braun and Martin Bormann and other high-ranking Nazi and SS officials on board. (Over 150 German submarines were missing at the end of the war. Not reported sunken. What happened to them?)


For decades, rumors swirled throughout Argentina that Hitler had in fact survived the Bunker and escaped to South America’s second largest country where he lived until 1962. Documents recently released by the Federal Bureau of Investigation in Washington DC (In link below) are giving some credence to the rumors. While no concrete evidence exists to support either the death-by-suicide or life-in-Argentina theories, the weight of the evidence is shifting. And is now seriously tipping over to the “Hitlers Escape” theory’s advantage.

When you consider the series of declassified FBI telegrams from August 1945 reporting of local police activity investigating the presence of Hitler in Villa Gessel, Argentina – a German colony in a country whose political power class had become agents of influence of Berlin.

Or, perhaps, claims of former sailors of the 'Admiral Graf Spee' – a German cruiser scuttled off the Argentine coast whose crew had been stranded in that nation – that they had assisted in securing the scene of Hitler’s coastal landing from a Kriegsmarine U-Boat and had personally interacted with the Führer. Which is backed up by several testimonies.

Or an eighty-year-old Argentine waiter living in London. Roberto Brun recalling an incident from Buenos Aires, "[He] probably came to the hotel six or seven months after I started working, and the preparation that day was very special including bringing one special chef to cook. Mandaver [the restaurant’s manager] didn’t tell me who it was, but I knew he was a very, very big chief. I remember black hair with little touches of white, a skinny face, no mustache. When he got up from the table to walk, Mandaver was with me to one side. And all the people were respecting him. And Mandaver said, ‘Do you know who it is?’ And I said 'no'. He said 'the Führer'."

Here’s another testimony from a woman named Catalina Gamero. She once worked in the Eden Hotel La Falda in the Andes, where the FBI claimed Hitler lived. She says:

“I work at the Hotel as a waitress. The hotel is owned by Eda Eichhorn, a Nazi who gets funds by Josef Göbbels, Nazi Propaganda Minister. In 1948, i saw a limo with only 4 doors. When a door opens, i saw Hitler with his wife Eva Braunn going to the lobby.

'The "Hitler of the Andes" is the Hitler we all know at the television. Although he cut off his moustache and has a little hair, he wears a wig on it, yes he do. Usually, the lobby is full of people. But in 3 days Hitler lives there, the downstairs is reserved. Eda told me; “What ever you’ve seen, act as like you don’t.” So i joke with the chauffeur not to tell the secrets to anyone. But it’s been a long time, so i don’t care anymore!”

Hitler moved around during the late 1940s and early 1950s rather than remaining buried at Inalco, or visiting La Falda. It made sightings almost inevitable. In time, Catalina Gomero would not be the only person willing to tell stories of meeting the former Führer in Argentina after the war.

Jorge Batinic, a bank manager from the city of Comodoro Rivadavia in the southern Patagonian province of Chubut, vividly remembered the story told to him by his Spanish-born mother, Mafalda Batinic. In summer 1940, she had been in France working for the International Red Cross, and on several occasions she had seen Hitler at close quarters when he was visiting wounded Wehrmacht soldiers. In later years she would often say, "Once seen, the face of Hitler was never forgotten".

After the war Mafalda moved to Argentina, and by the beginning of 1951 she was working as a nurse in the Arustiza y Varando private hospital. One day, a German rancher was brought in for treatment for a gunshot wound, and a few days later three other Germans arrived to visit the patient. It was noticeable that two of them treated the third one as "the boss". Mafalda had to choke back an involuntary cry of amazement when she recognized him as Hitler. He had no moustache and was somewhat graying, but she had no doubt that it was him. Shocked, Mrs. Batinic told the owners of the clinic, Drs. Arustiza and Varando; they watched him and were surprised, but did nothing. Apart from greeting the patient, Hitler hardly said a word. When the three Germans left, Mrs. Batinic asked the patient the identity of his important visitor. Realizing that she had already recognized the Führer, the injured rancher told his nurse, "Look, it’s Hitler, but don’t say anything. You know they’re looking for him, it’s better not to say anything".

There is also a number of sources, such as cooks and doctors, who claim to have known the Nazi leader before he died aged 73 on 13 February 1962. There also also claims that Hitler’s bloodline survived through two daughters he had with Braun. There are NO traces or documents of them however.

The book "The Untold Story of Eva Braun: Her Life Beyond Hitler" [2011] by Thomas Lundmark, postulates that Eva Braun suffered from Mayer-Rokitansky-Küster-Hauser Syndrome [MRKH] the congenital absence of an upper vagina and uterus, which prevented her from ever becoming pregnant.

This sensational claim, however, is unsupported by any reliable source or scholarship, in a self-published book which according to the author himself is "written like a novel" and presents a fictionalized account of Eva Braun's biography.


To Hitler, President Roosevelt’s death on 12 April 1945, seemed like a salvation reminiscent of the death of Empress Elizabeth of Russia in 1762, which had saved Hitler’s hero Frederick the Great of Prussia during the Seven Years’ War. In his order of the day to the Wehrmacht on 13 April, Hitler predicted that the fortunes of war had changed "now that destiny has removed the greatest war criminal in the world from the Earth".

Bormann was equally exultant; immediately contacting all his Gauleiters by telex, he prophesied "a total reversal in the attitude of the Western powers toward the Soviet offensive in Europe". Stalin’s ultimate fear of a separate peace between the Western Allies and Germany, and Hitler’s ultimate hope of an accommodation with the Allies, now appeared feasible, since the champion of unconditional surrender was dead and Nazi Germany was still not defeated. Bormann concluded his telex message with the claim that this was "the best news we have had in years.… Tell all the men, the most dangerous man of this war is dead".


an excerpt from William Shirer's, "The Rise and Fall of the Third Reich" - 'Götterdämmerung: The Last Days of the Third Reich'

One fine evening early in April Göbbels had sat up reading to Hitler from one of the Führer’s favorite books, Carlyle’s "History of Frederick the Great". The chapter he was reading told of the darkest days of the Seven Years’ War, when the great King felt himself at the end of his rope and told his ministers that if by February 15 no change for the better in his fortunes occurred he would give up and take poison. This portion of history certainly had its appropriateness and no doubt Göbbels read it in his most dramatic fashion. "Brave King! [Göbbels read on] Wait yet a little while, and the days of your suffering will be over. Already the sun of your good fortune stands behind the clouds and soon will rise upon you". On 12 February the Czarina died, the 'Miracle of the House of Brandenburg' had come to pass. The Führer’s eyes, Göbbels told Krosigk, to whose diary we owe this touching scene, "were filled with tears". With such encouragement—and from a British source—they sent for two horoscopes, which were kept in the files of one of Himmler’s multitudinous "research" offices. One was the horoscope of the Führer drawn up on 30 January 1933, the day he took office; the other was the horoscope of the Weimar Republic, composed by some unknown astrologer on 9 November 1918, the day of the Republic’s birth. Göbbels communicated the results of the re-examination of these two remarkable documents to Krosigk. An amazing fact has become evident, both horoscopes predicting the outbreak of the war in 1939, the victories until 1941, and the subsequent series of reversals, with the hardest blows during the first months of 1945, particularly during the first half of April. In the second half of April we were to experience a temporary success. Then there would be stagnation until August and peace that same month. For the following three years Germany would have a hard time, but starting in 1948 she would rise again.

...[Roosevelt dies]...

"Bring out our best champagne!" Göbbels cried. "And get me the Führer on the telephone!" Hitler was in his deep Bunker across the way sitting out the bombing. He picked up the telephone. “My Führer," Göbbels said. “I congratulate you! Roosevelt is dead! It is written in the stars that the second half of April will be the turning point for us. This is Friday, April the thirteenth. [It was already after midnight.] It is the turning point!" Hitler’s reaction to the news was not recorded, though it may be imagined in view of the encouragement he had been receiving from Carlyle and the stars.

But that of Göbbels was. "He was," says his secretary, "in ecstasy".” The fatuous Count Schwerin von Krosigk too. When Göbbels’ State Secretary phoned him that Roosevelt was dead he exclaimed—at least in his faithful diary: This was the Angel of History! We felt its wings flutter through the room. Was that not the turn of fortune we awaited so anxiously? The next morning Krosigk telephoned Göbbels with his “congratulations”—he affirms it proudly in his diary—and, as if this were not enough, followed it with a letter in which he hailed Roosevelt’s death, he says, as “a divine judgment… a gift from God".

Bormann commenced carrying out  the other objective of  'Aktion Feuerland' [Operation Fireland],  named for the far southern reaches of Argentina - the region known as Tierra del Fuego, or Land of Fire, at Patagonia's southernmost point - to create a secret, self-contained refuge for Hitler in the heart of a sympathetic German community, at a chosen site near the town of San Carlos de Bariloche in the far west of Argentina's Rio Negro province.

San Carlos de Bariloche, usually known as Bariloche (Spanish pronunciation: [baɾiˈlotʃe],, is a city in the province of Río Negro, Argentina, situated in the foothills of the Andes on the southern shores of Nahuel Huapi Lake. It is located within the Nahuel Huapi National Park. After development of extensive public works and Alpine-styled architecture, the city emerged in the 1930s and 1940s as a major tourism centre with skiing, trekking and mountaineering facilities. In addition, it has numerous restaurants, cafés, and chocolate shops.

The name Bariloche comes from the Mapudungun word Vuriloche meaning "people from behind the mountain" (vuri = behind, che = people). The Poya people used the Vuriloche pass to cross the Andes, keeping it secret from the Spanish priests for a long time.

The area had stronger connections to Chile than to the distant city of Buenos Aires during most of the 19th century, but the explorations of Francisco Moreno and the Argentine campaigns of the Conquest of the Desert established the claims of the Argentine government.
It thought the area was a natural expansion of the Viedma colony, and the Andes were the natural frontier to Chile.
In the 1881 border treaty between Chile and Argentina, the Nahuel Huapi area was recognised as Argentine.

The modern settlement of Bariloche developed from a shop established by Carlos Wiederhold. The German immigrant had first settled in the area of Lake Llanquihue in Chile. Wiederhold crossed the Andes and established a little shop called 'La Alemana' (The German). A small settlement developed around the shop, and its former site is the city center. By 1895 the settlement was primarily made up of
German-speaking immigrants: Austrians, Germans, and Slovenians, as well as Italians from the city of Belluno, and Chileans.
A local legend says that the name came from a letter erroneously addressed to Wiederhold as San Carlos instead of Don Carlos. Most of the commerce in Bariloche related to goods imported and exported at the seaport of Puerto Montt in Chile. In 1896 Perito Moreno wrote that it took three days to reach Puerto Montt from Bariloche, but traveling to Viedma on the Atlantic coast of Argentina took "one month or more.

In the 1930s the center of the city was redesigned to have the appearance of a traditional European central alpine town
(it was called "Little Switzerland.") Many buildings were made of wood and stone.
In 1909 there were 1,250 inhabitants; a telegraph, post office, and a road connected the city with Neuquén.
Commerce continued to depend on Chile until the arrival of the railroad in 1934, which connected the city with Argentine markets.

Between 1935 and 1940, the Argentine Directorate of National Parks carried out a number of urban public works,
giving the city a distinctive architectural   perhaps the best-known is the Civic Centre.

Bariloche grew from being a centre of cattle trade that relied on commerce with Chile, to becoming a tourism centre for the Argentine elite.
It took on a cosmopolitan architectural and urban profile. Growth in the city's tourist trade began in the 1930s, when local hotel occupancy
grew from 1550 tourists in 1934 to 4000 in 1940. In 1934 Ezequiel Bustillo, then director of the National Parks Direction, contracted his brother Alejandro Bustillo to build several buildings in Iguazú and Nahuel Huapi National Park (Bariloche was the main settlement inside the park).
In contrast to subtropical Iguazú National Park, planners and developers thought that Nahuel Huapi National Park,
because of its temperate climate, could compete with the tourism of Europe.
Together with Bariloche, it was established for priority projects by national tourism development planners.

Alejandro Bustillo designed the Edificio Movilidad, Plaza Perito Moreno, the Neo-Gothic San Carlos de Bariloche Cathedral,
and the Llao Llao Hotel. Architect Ernesto de Estrada designed the Civic Centre of Barloche, which opened in 1940.

During the 1950s, on the small island of Huemul, not far into lake Nahuel Huapi, former president Juan Domingo Perón tried to have
the world's first fusion reactor built secretly. The project cost the equivalent of about $300 million modern US dollars, and it was never
finished, due to the lack of the highly advanced technology that was needed. The Austrian Ronald Richter was in charge of the project.

In 1995, Bariloche made headlines in the international press when it became known as a haven for Nazi war criminals, such as the former SS Hauptsturmführer Erich Priebke. Priebke had been the director of the German School of Bariloche for many years.

In his 2004 book "Bariloche nazi-guía turística", Argentine author Abel Basti claims that Adolf Hitler and Eva Braun lived in the surroundings
of Bariloche for many years after World War II. Basti said that the Argentine Nazis chose the estate of Inalco as Hitler's refuge.

"Grey Wolf: The Escape of Adolf Hitler", a 2011 book (and subsequent film) by British authors Simon Dunstan and Gerrard Williams
proposed that Hitler and Eva Braun escaped from Berlin in 1945
and hid at Hacienda San Ramon, six miles east of Bariloche, until the early 1960s.
These accounts are disputed by most historians, who generally believe that Hitler and Braun committed suicide in the last days of World War II.

In Bern, the OSS Station Chief Allen Dulles had continued to cultivate his own web of contacts, despite the frustration of his hopes to support the German resistance movement prior to the July bomb plot. Both Britain and America still discouraged contact with any envoys extending peace feelers from the Nazi hierarchy, for fear of offending Josef Stalin and compromising the agreement to demand unconditional surrender. However, with the death of Roosevelt and the very heavy casualties suffered by the Western Allies during the winter of 1944–45, opinion was beginning to soften slightly in some quarters. Similarly, perceptions of "Uncle Joe’s" Russia as simply a stalwart ally against Nazi Germany were changing rapidly.

To Dulles, the advance westward of the Red Army presented a clear and present danger to Europe and to American interests in the future. Now that Allied forces had opened the Swiss borders from the west, communications with the outside world were much easier. Dulles was able to travel to Paris or London for conferences with his director, Gen. William ("Wild Bill") Donovan, and others in the intelligence community. At the same time, Dulles enjoyed far closer liaison with the U.S. Army Counter Intelligence Corps and the G-2 staffs at SHAEF and the U.S. 6th and 12th Army Groups, as well as with the U.S. Seventh Army as they advanced into Germany. In the winter of 1944–45, Dulles reached an agreement with General Roger Masson, head of the Swiss Secret Service, to allow the American legation in Bern to install a secure radio-teleprinter transmitter for direct communications with London, Paris, and Washington. The Swiss authorities were far more amenable to the clandestine activities of the Allies now that defeat was looming for Nazi Germany. Nevertheless, in February 1945, the military situation both on the German border and in Italy remained problematic.

The campaign in the Rhineland had become a protracted battle of attrition as the Allies fought their way up to the Rhine, the last physical barrier to Germany’s industrial heartland in the Ruhr. In Italy, the Allies were stalled below the Gothic Line, which stretched from coast to coast across the Apennine Mountains. On both fronts, Allied casualties were depressingly high and German resistance remained dogged. The whole Italian campaign had been a grinding series of costly attacks against successive German hilltop defense lines, and now there was a prospect of the Wehrmacht’s retreating in good order into the mountain reaches of the Alps. In SHAEF there were growing concerns about the existence of a National Redoubt in that region, where the last remnants of the Nazi regime and its diehard defenders could congregate for a final stand that might last for months or even years.

The "National Redoubt" 1945

 adapted from a map included in Seventh Army's
"Report of Operations, France and Germany, 1944-1945" Vol. III


The able German commander in chief of Army Group Southwest, Field Marshal Albert Kesselring, still had more than a million troops under arms in northern Italy and the Alpine regions. Worse still, the Soviet Union was now claiming hegemony over Austria and Yugoslavia. The latter would give the Soviets possession of warm-water ports on the Adriatic and immediate access to the Mediterranean Sea—a strategic nightmare for the West.

As the fall of Germany approached, the Nazi Leaders reverted to an ambitious project created by Gauleiter Franz Hofer who had become high commissioner for the Italian Tyrol and the Southern Alps. The project foresaw setting up an incredible fortress in the mountains, including parts of Italy, Austria and Bavaria. Hofer submitted his plan to Hitler's aide, Martin Bormann in November 1944, but he had prepared for this moment back in 1938 when Nazi agents carefully mapped all mountain passes, caves, bridges, highways, and located sights for underground factories, munitions dumps, arms and food caches. To complete work on this fortress, Hofer demanded a slave labor force of a quarter of a million, 70% Austrian workers and 30% men of the Tyrolese home guard. So-called U-Plants were to be set up underground as gigantic workshops and launching pads for the secret weapons which were to turn the tide of the war in favor of the Nazis. Among these were some 74 tunnels along Lake Garda, in Northern Italy, which were to be adapted and transformed into a vast assembly plant by FIAT of Turin in close collaboration with the department of Minister Albert Speer. Seven other tunnels along Lake Garda, near Limone, were to produce several weapons tested at the Hermann Göring Institute of Riva del Garda.

According to the archives of the German High Command and of the Allied Combined Intelligence Objectives Sub-Committee, other plants in vital areas of Central Germany, code named M-Werke, were to produce powerful missiles such as the giant A.9/A.10 destined to destroy New York and Washington.

But most important was the Alpine area, for it was from there that the supreme weapons were to come.

While we know that one of Hitler's Doppelgängers died in the Berlin Chancellery Bunker, an elaborate suicide cover-up would have been required for an important reason: To hide the true whereabouts of the Southern Redoubt, which was never found by the Allies and which, according to some observers, was the secret site of Nazi nuclear weapons research. To conceal its location, it would have been necessary to spread a new propaganda  myth that there never was a hidden Mountain Redoubt, no Nazi nuclear weapons site, and the Führer directed the war from his Berlin Bunker, where he finally committed suicide.

Franz W. Seidler, the author of "Phantom Alpenfestung? Die geheimen Baupläne der Organisation Todt" discovered plans and maps from the Organization Todt, for a real Alpenfestung, the National Redoubt that many of the Allies feared, but was more hype than real.

The author shows that, given six months or a year more, this Alpenfestung would surely have been a reality. There were plans for tunnel installations, including FHQs and HQs for all the armed forces, all over the place in the Berchtesgaden/Salzburg areas (and elsewhere). Many of these were started, but got little beyond the initial excavation phase.

If the war had gone on, almost all the critical German industry and command/control centers would have been in underground bomb-proof facilities ... facilties made by slave laborers from concentration camps.

As it was, by 1945, Thüringen already had a massive underground installation making V-1s, V-2s, and jet engines (Mittelwerk/Mittelbau/Dora site, near Nordhausen). Another underground site near Jena made Me-262 jets. Work had started on what was apparently a secret underground Führer HQ and command/control center in the Jonas Valley, near Erfurt.

Another underground site east of Salzburg had a functioning petroleum refinery. Underground installations in the Berchtesgaden area were equipped with enough supplies to last several months, if not years. These underground facilties were certainly no myth, but the war ended before most of them amounted to much.

History has it that not only were the Germans at war, which required much in the way of manpower, but they took on incredible projects such as constructing huge underground complexes at Nordhausen in the Harz mountains, Pennemünde and others.

During the summer of 1943, the Peenemünde research centre was seized by the SS. Brigadeführer Hans Kammler was Himmler's most trusted aide.  He had a reputation of being the man who could get things done. 
The Reichsführer-SS wanted underground  factories for the production of war materials in natural caves and underground tunnels "completely impervious to Allied bombs",  and Kammler succeeded in creating underground workshops and living quarters from a cave system in the Hartz mountains in central Germany in what Albert Speer, writing to congratulate him, called "an almost impossibly short period of two months" a feat, he continued, "unsurpassable even by American standards".

In March and April of 1945, General George S. Patton and his Third Army were not racing towards Berlin, but across southern Bavaria.

They were, claims author Joseph P. Farrell, in his book, "Reich of the Black Sun", making haste towards

(1) the huge Skoda munitions works at Pilsen;
(2) Prague; and
(3) a region of the Harz Mountains in Thuringia

One is informed by countless history books that this maneuver was thought to be necessary by the Supreme Headquarters of the Allied Expeditionary Force (SHEAF) because of reports that the Nazis were planning to make a last stand in the 'Alpine National Redoubt' a network of fortified mountains stretching from the Alps to the Harz Mountains. The Third Army's movements, so the story goes, were designed to cut off the "escape route" of Nazis fleeing the carnage of Berlin. Maps are produced in old history books, accompanied in some cases by de-classified German plans - some dating from the Weimar Republic - for just such a Redoubt. Case settled.

However, there is a problem with that explanation. Allied aerial reconnaissance would likely have told Eisenhower and SHAEF that there were precious few fortified strong points in the "National Redoubt". Indeed, it would have told them that the "Redoubt" was no redoubt at all. General Patton and his divisional commanders would most certainly have been privy to at least some of this information. So why the extraordinary and almost reckless speed of his advance, an advance the post-war Allied Legend would have us believe was to cut off the escape route of Nazis fleeing Berlin, who it turns out weren't fleeing, to a Redoubt that didn't exist?

Hitler, during a conference with his generals in the Bunker in 1945, made the wild pronouncement, when questioned by one of them as to why the strongest and best formations left to the Wehrmacht were deployed, not in defence of Berlin, but of Prague, that Prague was the key to winning the war. Allied military intelligence also confirmed that the strongest SS Panzer formations were deployed in the vicinity of Prague, an order of battle that, on the plain face of things, made no military sense to them, other than, as the Allies' own estimates of the situation concluded, that Berlin had ceased to be an important economic and military target.

Located near Ohrdruf, Thuringia was located the S-III Führer Headquarters. Constructed by approximately 15 - to 18,000 inmates of the nearby Ohrdruf, Espenfeld and Crawinkel concentration camps, from autumn 1944 to spring 1945, was a tunnel system over 1,5 miles in length.

Ohrdruf was reached by General Patton and his Third Army about 11 April 1945. Colonel R. Allen accompanying him described the installations extensively in his book:

"The underground installations were amazing. They were literally subterranean towns....others were reported in near-by villages. None were natural caves or mines. All were man-made military installations. The only communication shelter, which is known, is a two floor deep shelter, with the code "AMT 10".

"Over 50 feet underground, the installations consisted of two and three stories several miles in length and extending like the spokes of a wheel. The entire hull structure was of massive reinforced concrete. Purpose of the installations was to house the High Command after it was bombed out of Berlin. This places also had paneled and carpeted offices, scores of large work and store rooms, tiled bathrooms with bath tubs and showers, flush toilets, electrically equipped kitchens, decorated dining rooms and mess halls, giant refrigerators, extensive sleeping quarters, recreation rooms, separate bars for officers and enlisted personnel, a moving picture theatre, and air-conditioning and sewage systems".

--"Lucky Forward: The History of Patton's 3rd US Army", Col. Robert S. Allen, published by Vanguard Press, New York, 1947

The Führer headquarters at Ohrdruf is not admitted by academic historians. The evidence for it, however, is strong:

a. S-III was an SS military factory complex below Jonastal near Ohrdruf where 1,000 Buchenwald inmates began digging in June 1944. No decision had been taken to build a Führer headquarters in Thuringia before 24 August 1944.

b. In September 1944, a geologist consulted by SS-WVHA regarding the suitability of Jonastal for a Führer headquarters suggested the Ohrdruf Truppenübungsplatz instead.

c. In October 1944, General von Gockl, Ohrdruf Truppenübungsplatz commandant, evacuated all Wehrmacht personnel from the plain. Within a fortnight the notorious Ohrdruf-KZ had been set up while SS-Führungsstab S-III, in charge of the Führer headquarters project, occupied a school at nearby Luisenthal. Firms working on building projects in Poland were ordered immediately to Ohrdruf.

d. At the end of 1944, Hauptsturmführer Karl Sommer, the deputy chief of the Prisoner Labor Allocation Department of the SS Economics and Administration Main Office (SS-Wirtschafts-Verwaltungshauptamt - SS-WVHA), assembled a workforce at Buchenwald to build a secret Führer headquarters named S-III at Ohrdruf. S-III had a fully-equipped telephone-telex exchange before work started, thus identifying it as around Amt 10.

e. Hitler's Luftwaffe adjutant Nikolaus von Below stated in his memoirs that in early 1945 he visited the location of the new Thuringian Führer headquarters and it was at the Ohrdruf Truppenübungsplatz.

f. In late January 1945, Hitler spoke openly of evacuating Ministry staff from Berlin "perhaps to Oberhof in Thuringia".

g. In compliance with order 71/45 and the communique from Führer headquarters Berlin issued by Wehrmacht ADC General Burgdorf on 9 March 1945, General Krebs of the Army General Staff reported that between 12 February and 29 March 1945 a substantial proportion of OKW Staff had transferred to the Ohrdruf area.

h. On the nights of 4 and 12 March 1945, "a small explosive of terrific destructive power" was tested on the Ohrdruf Truppenübungsplatz. 200 KZ inmates and 20 SS guards were scorched to death on the first test due to a miscalculation of the extent of the effect. The bodies were immolated on a common pyre, the ashes being scattered across central-Germany from aircraft. In mid-March, a 30-metre long rocket was reported test fired into the night sky from a weapons site within five miles of the Truppenübungsplatz.

In early March 1945, Organization Todt began work on the Brandleite railway tunnel at Oberhof to accommodate the special trains of Hitler and Göring, installed a telephone exchange in the station-master's house and positioned flak batteries on surrounding peaks.

It is known that Hitler did personally visit and address the officers of the German Ninth Army, operating in that precise area, on 13 March 1945:

"We have invisible aircraft, submarines, colossal tanks and cannon, unbelievably powerful rockets, and a bomb with a working that will astonish the whole world. The enemy knows this, and besieges and attempts to destroy us. But we will answer this destruction with a storm and that without unleashing a bacteriological war, for which we are also prepared.... All my words are the purest truth. That you will see. We still have things that need to be finished, and when they are finished, they will turn the tide". 

On 17 April 1945, the United States Atomic Energy Commission inspected various underground workings at Ohrdruf, and removed technical equipment before dynamiting surface entrances. The US authorities have classified all 1945 documents relating to Ohrdruf for a minimum period of 100 years.

Fortunately for researchers, in 1962 a quasi-judicial tribunal sat at Arnstadt in the then DDR, to take depositions from local residents for an enquiry entitled 'Befragung von Bürgern zu Ereignissen zur örtlichen Geschichte'. The enquiry was principally interested in what went on at the Ohrdruf Truppenübungsplatz (TÜP) in the latter years of the war. The depositions became common property in 1989 upon the reunification of Germany and may be viewed at Arnstadt town hall.

Despite the stern injunctions from London and Washington, Dulles did not ignore the increasing number of approaches he received from various parties and individuals representing members of the Nazi hierarchy—notably Heinrich Himmler—in search of a separate peace agreement with the West. The first came in November 1944 through the German consul in Lugano, Alexander von Neurath. He was followed in December by SS and Police General Wilhelm Harster, the immediate subordinate to SS and Waffen-SS General Karl Wolff, the supreme SS and police leader and de facto military governor of northern Italy. In January 1945, an emissary from Wolff reaffirmed the possibility of a separate agreement for the surrender of all German forces in Italy. To Dulles this seemed too good an offer to refuse out of hand, so he initiated negotiations with Wolff under the designation of Operation Sunrise (also subsequently known as Operation Crossword). The first face-to-face meeting between representatives of Dulles and Wolff took place on 3 March 1945, at Lugano. Paul Blum, the X-2 counterespionage chief for the Bern station, acted for the OSS, and SS General Eugen Dollmann represented Wolff. As a gesture of good will, the Germans agreed to release two prominent Italian partisan leaders—one was Ferruccio Parri, who became prime minister of Italy in June. Five days later, Dulles and Wolff met in person at a safe house in Zürich. With Kesselring’s departure for the Western Front on 10 March 10, the negotiations faltered, but they resumed on 19 March  when Wolff actually agreed to permit an OSS radio operator dressed in German uniform to be stationed in his own headquarters at Bolzano for better communications. This agent was a Czech known as “Little Wally,” who had escaped from Dachau concentration camp.

Significantly, Wolff also submitted a list of art treasures from the Uffizi Gallery in Florence that he was willing to return intact if the surrender talks prospered. Throughout these delicate negotiations, Dulles kept Washington informed via Gen. Bill Donovan at OSS headquarters, but from there, news of the contacts was quickly passed to the suspicious Soviets. There were several Soviet spies in the OSS. including Maj. Duncan Chaplin Lee, a counterintelligence officer and legal adviser to Donovan, and Maurice Halperin, head of research and analysis in the Latin America division.

Fearing a separate peace, an  incensed Stalin cabled Roosevelt and Churchill:

"The Germans have on the Eastern Front 147 divisions. They could without harm to their cause take from the Eastern Front 15–20 divisions and shift them to the aid of their troops on the Western Front. However, the Germans did not do it and are not doing it. They continue to fight savagely for some unknown junction, Zemlianitsa in Czechoslovakia, which they need as much as a dead man needs poultices—but they surrender without resistance such important towns in Central Germany as Osnabrück, Mannheim, and Kassel. Don’t you agree that such behavior by the Germans is more than strange, [it is] incomprehensible?"

Both Roosevelt and Churchill angrily rejected the Soviet leader’s implications, but the damage was done. Roosevelt finally recognized the threat posed by Stalin and the Soviet Union just two days before his death. This episode was, essentially, the beginning of the Cold War. Stalin now refused to endorse the agreed separation pact of Austria and Germany to allow the former to become once again an independent state. The U.S. Joint Chiefs of Staff expressly forbade the continuation of the talks with Wolff. Intelligence about these contacts had reached Bormann, and SS and Police Gen. Ernst Kaltenbrunner also ordered that such negotiations cease immediately—he and Bormann did not wish to jeopardize their own agenda.

A fellow Austrian, Kaltenbrunner had joined Hitler’s inner circle following the July bomb attempt, when as chief of the Reich Main Security Office he took charge of the investigations leading to the arrest and execution of the plotters and the imprisonment of their families. The fearful retribution exacted by the tall, cadaverous, scar-faced Kaltenbrunner earned him much favor with the Führer. In December 1944, he was granted the parallel rank of General of the Waffen-SS (important in that it gave him military as well as police authority) and the Gold Party Badge. On 18 April 1945, he was appointed commander in chief of the German forces in southern Europe. Europe. Kaltenbrunner’s adjutant, the former SD intelligence officer Maj. Wilhelm Höttl, had already passed information to Allen Dulles concerning the creation of the National Redoubt. Höttl renewed the connection with the OSS in February 1945 through an Austrian friend of his, Friedrich Westen—a dubious businessman who had profited from expropriations of Jewish property and from slave labor. Both wished to ingratiate themselves with the Americans (though not at the expense of offending Kaltenbrunner and, by extension, Martin Bormann), and the stories they told soon became even more misleading and devious.

During early 1944, when Höttl was in Budapest organizing the transportation of Hungary’s Jewish population to the extermination camps, he had become friendly with Col. Árpád Toldi, Hungary’s commissioner for Jewish affairs. Now, a year later, Toldi was in charge of the “Gold Train.” This was laden with Hungary’s national treasures, including the crown jewels, precious metals, gems, paintings, and large quantities of currency, much of it stolen from Hungary’s Jews. The train— whose value was put at $350 million (approximately $6 billion today)—was destined for Berlin and was moving westward to escape the advance of the Red Army. As it passed through Austria, Höttl advised Kaltenbrunner of its presence, whereupon the train was stopped near Schnann in the Tyrol and many especially valuable crates were offloaded onto trucks. The contents and the whereabouts of those crates remain unknown to this day. Ostensibly, Höttl was instructed to use the Gold Train as a bargaining chip with the OSS in an attempt to arrange a separate truce for Austria like the deal that was under discussion in Italy. Yet again, Dulles sent an intermediary—this time a senior OSS officer named Edgeworth M. Leslie—for the first meetings with Höttl on the Swiss-Austrian border.

In his debrief to Dulles, Leslie reported that Höttl "is of course dangerous": "He is a fanatical anti-Russian and for this reason we cannot very well collaborate with him … without informing the Russians.… But I see no reason why we should not use him in the furtherance of [common] interests … namely the hastening of the end of the resistance in Austria by the disruption of the [Redoubt].… To avoid any accusation that we are working with a Nazi reactionary … I believe that we should keep our contact with him as indirect as possible". Believing that Höttl was a conduit to Kaltenbrunner, Dulles agreed: "This type requires utmost caution". Concurring, Gen. Donovan advised, "I am convinced [that Höttl] is the right hand of Kaltenbrunner and a key contact to develop". During these early meetings, Höttl revealed more details about the National Redoubt. He also stated that a Nazi guerrilla movement known as 'Wehrwolf' (Werewolf) had been organized over the past two years, with access to hidden arms dumps, explosives, and ample funds. They could muster some 100,000 committed SS soldiers and fanatical Hitler Youth under the command of another Austrian, SS Lt. Col. Otto Skorzeny—an old friend of Kaltenbrunner’s and Hitler’s favorite leader of Special Forces, whose impressive reputation was well known to the Allies.

These "details" were actually disinformation, but they succeeded admirably in causing consternation at SHAEF, particularly to Gen. Eisenhower. As his chief of staff, Gen. Bedell Smith, stated, "We had every reason to believe the Nazis intended to make their last stand among the crags".

Since the Breakout from Normandy, Gen. Eisenhower had pursued a measured strategy whereby the disparate Allied armies, under their often fractious and competitive commanders, advanced on a broad front. Although ponderous, this plan was politically astute and in tune with the moderate capabilities of conscript armies. Massed firepower, inexhaustible logistics, and overwhelming air support were the answer to superior German tactical performance on the battlefield. Only once did Eisenhower deviate from this strategy, when a failure of Allied logistics halted the broad advance and he accepted the bold plan for Operation Market Garden—the attempted airborne thrust deep into Holland. If it had succeeded, then a rapid advance eastward across the north German plains would have brought Berlin within reach. The capture of the enemy’s capital city and the triumphal parade through its streets following victory has always been the ultimate ambition of all great commanders. But Eisenhower’s ambitions were maturing and he had every reason—both humanitarian and pragmatic—to shrink from the prospect of losing 100,000 GIs during a prolonged and bitter street battle for Berlin.

 Over days of brooding, Eisenhower revised his strategy for the campaign in Europe. On the afternoon of 28 March 1945, he declared his intentions in three cables. One was a personal message to Josefh Stalin—the only occasion during the war when Eisenhower communicated directly with the Soviet leader. The second was to Gen. Marshall in Washington, and the third was to Field Marshal Montgomery, commander in chief of the British-Canadian 21st Army Group in northern Germany. Against vehement protests from some of his generals—particularly Patton and Montgomery, who each wished to lead an assault on Berlin—Eisenhower stated that the main thrust of his armies was to be southeastward toward Bavaria, Austria, and the supposed National Redoubt. Berlin was to be left to the Red Army. Eisenhower was seeking valuable military plunder, not empty glory. The German Army crumbled before the might of the Allies, who rushed to take not just the territory of the former Reich but its art, industrial secrets, and scientists.

By now the Swiss Authorities were becoming increasingly disconcerted by the number of Nazi emissaries and fugitives trying to cross into Switzerland, many of whom were being held by Swiss border guards. The Swiss indicated to Allen Dulles that it would be desirable if his talks could be conducted more discreetly and preferably not on their territory. They were not trying to be obstructive but they wished to maintain the facade of neutrality to the last. Their greatest fear remained a flood of refugees descending on Switzerland, so an early resolution to the war was their chief priority. As always, Dulles had an elegant solution. Due to a historical anomaly on the maps dating back to 1798, the Italian enclave of Campione d’Italia on the shore of Lake Lugano was totally surrounded by Swiss territory, with only water access from Italy. During the dark night of 28 January 1945, about twenty OSS agents invaded Campione—at that date the sovereign territory of Mussolini’s rump Italian Socialist Republic—and claimed it for the Allies. The six Carabinieri policemen defending the enclave offered no resistance. Thereafter, the Swiss authorities could turn a blind eye to OSS activities in Campione, so long as they were discreet. From the enclave OSS agents were infiltrated into Italy and, in March and April 1945, Campione became the venue for feverish negotiations during Operation Sunrise.

Meanwhile, other members of the Nazi hierarchy were trying to save their own skins by opening negotiations with the Western Allies. It remained the dearest dream of Heinrich Himmler to construct an anti-Soviet coalition or, at the least, a truce in the West that would allow the Nazis to continue the struggle against the Bolshevik hordes. This baffling delusion was shared by Foreign Minister Joachim von Ribbentrop and by Himmler’s trusted subordinate, SS Gen. Walter Schellenberg, the chief of the SD foreign intelligence department. All three tried to seek peace through contacts in both Switzerland and Sweden. In January 1945, Schellenberg was in Switzerland trying to cut a deal with the former federal president of Switzerland, Jean-Marie Musy. While there, he passed word through Gen. Henri Guisan, chief of staff of the Swiss army, that he wished to contact Allen Dulles, but this came to nothing. In March, Ribbentrop was seeking a separate peace with the British through the Swedish banker Marcus Wallenberg, whose business interests had prospered so greatly through trading with the Nazis. Himmler sought a similar agreement through the Swedish diplomat Count Folke Bernadotte. As an inducement, some 17,000 mainly Scandinavian prisoners in Germany’s concentration camps were returned to their homelands in convoys of "White Buses" in a Red Cross humanitarian mission. In return for a prompt peace in the West, Himmler was willing to spare and release the 400,000 Jews remaining in Germany and to this end he ordered the evacuation and destruction of the extermination camps in the east; in the aftermath, however, an estimated quarter million camp survivors lost their lives while being herded westward on freezing death marches.

There were conditions to Himmler’s proposals, not the least of which was a demand for an assurance that no black occupation troops would be allowed to enter Germany, in the interests of "racial hygiene". The Western Allies were not interested in the deluded Himmler’s grisly deals or in a separate peace. They wanted unconditional surrender and the spoils of war. In particular, they wanted Nazi weapons technology, gold, and loot. (It was Allied policy to restore gold to its rightful owners as well as looted art, but in fact this restitution took many years and some spoliated art has still not been returned to its rightful owners to this day; many museums across the world have artifacts of dubious origin from the Nazi era that do not bear too close a scrutiny as to their provenance.) Martin Bormann was willing to give the Western Allies what they wanted—in exchange for the survival of Adolf Hitler, himself, and a small coterie of the "mountain people".

The Hungarian Gold Train arrived on 8 April 1945, within the confines of the so-called National Redoubt at Werfen in the Salzach valley, where it was hidden from Allied aircraft in a tunnel. Höttl, now code-named "Alperg" by the OSS, revealed the existence of the train during further discussions with Edgeworth M. Leslie. He also imparted information concerning the whereabouts of other repositories of Nazi treasure hidden across Germany and, just as importantly, reinforced the proposal of SS Gen. Wolff to return the treasures of the Uffizi Gallery in Florence—looted artworks were now an inducement in any deal.

A radio-telephone link was established between the OSS in Bern and the Austrian SS faction under Gen. Kaltenbrunner centered on the Villa Kerry, his home at Altaussee in the heart of the Bavarian Alps. Bormann now had a direct line of communication to Allen Dulles via Ernst Kaltenbrunner and Operation Crossword. During the second half of April 1945, events in this shadowy endgame of the European war accelerated day by day. On the fourteenth, Allen Dulles met Gen. Donovan at the Ritz Hotel in Paris to explain his conduct over the peace overtures from the Nazi hierarchy. Gen. Donovan was anxious to return to Washington in the wake of Roosevelt’s death, to befriend the new president and cement the position of the OSS. The Joint Chiefs of Staff were furious with Dulles and the OSS following the acrimonious exchange of cables between Stalin, Roosevelt, and Churchill concerning Operation Sunrise/Crossword. William J. Casey (later director of the CIA from 1981 to 1987) was present at the Ritz meeting and observed that "Dulles fidgeted in his chair, alternately outraged and embarrassed.… Bluntly put, all hell broke loose".

Dulles protested that as yet nothing concrete had emerged from his discussions with SS Gen. Wolff and that everything could still be plausibly denied as far as the Soviets were concerned. Even so, Donovan closed down Sunrise/Crossword negotiations for the time being, but allowed the negotiations with Ernst Kaltenbrunner to continue since the White House was not yet aware of them. As Dulles ruefully commented about the situation: "It is easy to start a war but difficult to stop one". Donovan and Dulles decided to keep knowledge of the Kaltenbrunner talks between themselves, as security had become inexcusably lax. Too many interested parties were aware of the various putative peace plans emanating from the Nazi hierarchy via Switzerland or Sweden—including the Soviet spy Kim Philby, who later recalled, "The air was opaque with mutual suspicions of separate peace feelers".

On 20 April 1945, birthday, was hardly an auspicious occasion. Himmler and Göring were present at the Führerbunker in Berlin to mark the event, but both quickly left the capital, never to return. Göring departed for Berchtesgaden in Bavaria to supervise the arrival of his art collection in eight railroad cars from Carinhall, though there were few suitable places left to hide it. The Western Allies were now racing eastward across Germany toward their rendezvous with the Red Army on the Elbe and Mulde rivers. Montgomery’s 21st Army Group had turned north-eastward and was advancing toward Oldenburg, Bremen, and Hamburg. On their right, William H. Simpson’s U.S. Ninth Army and Courtney Hodges’s First Army had reached the Elbe at Magdeburg and the Mulde beyond Leipzig. Patton’s Third Army had swung southeastward, forging ahead for the Czech border. Any defended village that surrendered promptly was spared; those that did not were utterly destroyed, to become "Third Army Memorials"—stark reminders that Patton’s men had passed this way.

To Patton’s south and inside his wheeling movement, Alexander Patch’s Seventh Army had just reached Nuremberg. To the south again, Jean de Lattre’s French First Army had reached the outskirts of Stuttgart and was heading for the Danube and Austria. The Obersalzberg, the top Nazis’ retreat in the Bavarian Alps, would soon be cut off from northern Germany and from Berlin in particular. For Bormann the situation was becoming critical, since the Soviets were about to surround Berlin, with Red Army troops extending pincers forward from the north and south. As yet, the Führer was refusing to leave the capital. Aircraft of the Fliegerstaffel (flying squadron) des Führers—Hitler’s personal air transport unit—were standing by at the Berlin airports of Gatow and Tempelhof to fly him to Bavaria, Spain, or elsewhere, but they would soon be within range of Soviet artillery guns. Similarly, long-range flying boats of Kampfgeschwader 200—the Luftwaffe’s special missions wing—were ready to fly the Führer even further, from a base at Travemünde on the Baltic coast. Seaplanes were even stationed by night on Lake Havel, ready to fly the Nazi hierarchy out of Berlin at a moment’s notice. The Ost-West-Asche (East-West-Axis boulevard)—between the Brandenburg Gate and the Victory Monument, in the heart of the city—had been cleared as a makeshift runway.

On 20 April, Bormann instituted Operation Seraglio, whereby many government staff and records, including Hitler’s private papers, were dispatched to Bavaria. That night ten transport aircraft were assembled at Gatow for evacuation to Munich. Nine arrived safely but the tenth crashed into the Heidenholz Forest while flying at treetop level and disintegrated. Many of Hitler’s personal papers were consumed in the burning wreckage. At that stage it was intended that the Führer and his entourage would fly south two days later, on 22 April. Meanwhile Allen Dulles resumed the Operation Sunrise negotiations with SS Gen. Wolff, despite Donovan’s recent orders to cease the mission. On 23 April, Karl Wolff indicated to Dulles that he now had full powers to order the surrender of all German troops in Italy after discussions in Berlin with Hitler and Bormann on 18-19. On 24 April, both Kaltenbrunner and SS Lt. Col. Hans Helmut von Hummel flew south to Austria to take over the negotiations of Crossword from Höttl. Helmut von Hummel was Bormann’s adjutant responsible for maintaining the records of all the Führer’s looted art holdings and the locations where they were hidden. The most important of these repositories was at Altaussee, close to Kaltenbrunner’s home, where an old salt mine now contained the vast majority of Hitler’s art collection; this hoard was to be a major factor in any deal with Dulles.

Events were now moving at such speed that the two originally separate sets of negotiations under Sunrise/Crossword—with Wolff and with Kaltenbrunner—were inextricably linked. On 26 April, Höttl reported to Kaltenbrunner on the results of another visit to Switzerland, at which he had agreed with the OSS officer Edgeworth M. Leslie to arrange a personal meeting between Dulles and Kaltenbrunner at Feldkirch in Austria, close to the Swiss border. Dulles realized that Höttl was purely a stooge and that much of his information concerning the National Redoubt was highly suspect. Dulles knew that Austria could not surrender in the same manner as Italy had in September 1943. Despite the formation of a provisional government that month, the country remained an integral part of the German Reich. Whatever emerged from these talks, the sands were running out for Austria, since the Red Army tanks of the 3rd Ukrainian Front were advancing rapidly westward after the capture of Vienna. There had to be an ulterior motive for Kaltenbrunner to be negotiating—and that was explained by Martin Bormann’s proposals.

In Bormann’s characteristic style—the carrot and the stick—Kaltenbrunner and Hummel indicated to Dulles that Bormann was willing to provide the Allies, as an inducement or "carrot", with information as to the whereabouts of all the Nazis’ looted art. It would be handed over intact, together with the remainder of the national treasure of Germany, including its gold deposits, currency reserves, bearer bonds, and industrial patents—except, of course, for the substantial part of this treasure that Bormann had already secreted abroad. An additional and supremely attractive carrot was Bormann’s undertaking to deliver to the Allies examples of the most modern weapons technology together with the whereabouts of the designers, such as Wernher von Braun and his V-2 team, and the nuclear scientists of the Uranium Club. Furthermore, the ceasefire in Italy would be ratified immediately. But what was the desired price for such treasures? A blind eye turned to the escape of Adolf Hitler, Eva Braun, Martin Bormann, Heinrich “Gestapo” Müller, Hermann Fegelein, and Ernst Kaltenbrunner. The rest of the Nazi hierarchy were to be abandoned to their fate. The “stick” was simple. Germany now claimed to be capable of bombarding the eastern seaboard of the United States with weapons of mass destruction; considerable effort had been invested in selling this disinformation to U.S. intelligence agencies, with some success. These weapons incorporated warheads armed with the most toxic nerve agents ever devised, Sarin and Tabun. In addition, many repositories of artworks hidden in deep mine shafts would be destroyed with explosives and buried forever. A high proportion of the greatest works of art produced during centuries of Western civilization was now held hostage, and this threat was entirely credible following Hitler’s "Nero Decree" of 19 March. Officially titled “Demolitions on Reich Territory,” this decree ordered the utter destruction of all German industrial infrastructure and technology; although not included in the official order, it also implied the destruction of cultural assets and the elimination of any key personnel who might be useful to the Allied powers. The decision lay with the Allies, but the clock was ticking.

On 25 April  the city of Berlin was surrounded by the Red Army, and troops from Gen. Ivan Konev’s army group had made contact with GIs from Hodges’s U.S. First Army on the Elbe River. Germany was cut in half by a broad belt of Allied-occupied territory, with only the extreme north and south still under Nazi control. The largest daylight raid on Berlin so far had been launched on 3 February 1945. In total, 937 Flying Fortresses dropped 2,298 tons of bombs, killing thousands of people and inflicting massive damage on the city, including the government quarter. Among the other government buildings hit that day were the Reich Chancellery on the corner of Wilhelmstrasse and Voss-Strasse, where Bormann’s office was badly damaged; the Gestapo headquarters on Prinz Albrechtstrasse and the Reichsbank on Hausvogteiplatz were virtually demolished by a string of bombs. 

The president of the Reichsbank, Dr. Walter Funk, decided to transfer the bulk of the bank’s cash and gold reserves to safety outside of Berlin. The treasure was shipped to Merkers in Thuringia, two hundred miles southwest of the capital. There, bullion and currency with a value of about $238 million were deposited deep underground in the Kaiseroda potassium mine, alongside a huge cache of artworks. This was but one of 134 repositories dotted across the Third Reich under the control of Martin Bormann. In accordance with Hitler’s Nero Decree of 19 March, many of them were now rigged with high explosives to prevent their falling into the hands of the Allies. In the salt mines at Altaussee were the most valuable pieces in Hitler’s collection, including Michelangelo’s 'Bruges Madonna', Jan van Eyck’s 'Adoration of the Mystic Lamb' or Ghent Altarpiece, and many other priceless treasures. Among the innumerable crates were eight that were marked 'Vorsicht—Marmor —nicht stürtzen' (Attention—Marble—Do Not Drop). Placed underground between 10 and 13 April, these contained not statues but half-ton Luftwaffe aerial bombs. Also primed for destruction was the accumulation of most of the artworks looted from France and the Low Countries, now stored in the fairytale castle of Neuschwanstein in Bavaria. Nothing was intended to survive the coming Götterdämmerung of the Third Reich.

Among the Allied Troops poised to deny the Nazis the chance to destroy their secrets were Cdr. Fleming’s Red Indians of 30 Advance Unit. Intelligence on where to search was now flooding in from the OSS office in Bern, thanks to the dialogue between Dulles and Bormann. The unit’s Team 4, under Lt. Cdr. Patrick Dalzel-Job, began now flooding in from the OSS office in Bern, thanks to the dialogue between Dulles and Bormann. The unit’s Team 4, under Lt. Cdr. Patrick Dalzel-Job, began driving northward between Bremen on the Weser River and Hamburg on the Elbe. Their task was to capture the latest U-boat technology. Surging ahead of 21st Army Group, Team 4 of 30 AU was the first Allied unit to enter the major port of Bremen. They accepted the surrender of the city by the mayor some twenty-four hours before the arrival of conventional forces, and a small detachment of Royal Marines captured sixteen U-boats. Further south, Lt. Cdr. Jim Glanville’s Team 55 set off on 14 April for Schloss Tambach near Bad Sulza in Thuringia, where they captured the complete records of the Kriegsmarine from 1850 up to the end of 1944, including all the logs of U-boats and surface ships. These archives were of immense value to Allied naval authorities and were judged to be one of the most important intelligence hauls of the entire war.

Meanwhile, after their success locating the uranium ore for the Alsos Mission, Team 5 under the command of Lt. James Lambie was searching the Harz Mountains for the underground V-2 assembly facility at Nordhausen, following instructions from SHAEF to capture documentation and personnel connected with the ballistic missile program. The Monuments Men were also hard on the heels of the combat troops, on their way to safeguard the major caches of artworks hidden across Germany, including the castle of Neuschwanstein in Bavaria, which was saved from destruction on 4 May 1945, and with it the treasures of France and the Low Countries. 

In the detached netherworld of the Führerbunker—dubbed the "cement submarine" by many of the staff working there—Hitler was living the claustrophobic life of a U-boat captain on the ocean floor, with little sense of time or reality of actual events in the world above. The Führer had always been subject to mood swings, but his rages became more frequent as the military situation deteriorated inexorably and he was confronted with the self-deluding futility of the orders he had been issuing.

At a military situation conference on 22 April, the Führer exploded in a fit of unrestrained fury. For the first time he declared openly that the war was lost and announced repeatedly that he would die in Berlin. Bormann insisted that this was the time to fly south to the Obersalzberg to finalize the Führer’s personal affairs before fleeing in accordance with the preparations made for Aktion Feuerland, but Josef Göbbels persuaded Hitler otherwise; Göbbels saw it as their duty to die among the ruins of their city. Gen. Jodl pointed out that Germany still had armies in the field theoretically within reach of Berlin—Field Marshal Ferdinand Schörner’s remnant of Army Group Center and Gen. Walther Wenck’s Twelfth Army. The Führer became vague about the military steps to be taken, but repeated that he was determined to remain in Berlin to the last.

Frustrated, Bormann nevertheless continued juggling the possilities that remained open to him.

On 26 December 1944, Göring’s stock had plummeted, when he suggested that it was time to negotiate an armistice with the Allies, only to receive the full force of one of Hitler’s raging tirades: "I forbid you to take any step in that direction! If, in spite of what I say, you do anything to defy my order, then I will have you shot". Bormann duly noted Göring’s defeatism.

That night, Himmler sent a telex to Göring at the Obersalzberg indicating that the Führer was indisposed. It was a trap and Göring fell straight into it. On the following day he sent a telegram to the Führerbunker stating that if he did not hear instructions to the contrary, he would assume full command of the Reich from 10:00 p.m. that night, in accordance with his responsibility as designated successor to Hitler.

Hugh Trevor-Roper published an English translation in his book
"The Last Days of Hitler"

My Führer:

General Koller today gave me a briefing on the basis of communications given him by Colonel General Jodl and General Christian, according to which you had referred certain decisions to me and emphasized that I, in case negotiations would become necessary, would be in an easier position than you in Berlin. These views were so surprising and serious to me that I felt obligated to assume, in case by 2200 o’clock no answer is forthcoming, that you have lost your freedom of action. I shall then view the conditions of your decree as fulfilled and take action for the wellbeing of Nation and Fatherland. You know what I feel for you in these most difficult hours of my life and I cannot express this in words. God protect you and allow you despite everything to come here as soon as as possible.

Your faithful Hermann Göring

Upon its reception in the Führerbunker, the Göring Telegram was typed onto a 'Marinenachrichtendienst' (Naval Intelligence) form with a carbon copy and classified "Geheim!" (Secret!).

Bormann immediately informed the Führer, urging the need to annul the decree of succession as Göring was obviously staging a coup. At first, Hitler demurred. Bormann then sent Göring a telex accusing him of treacherous behavior but also stating that no further action would be taken if he resigned from all his many offices of state. Within an hour, Göring’s resignation was on the Führer’s desk. This was seen as confirmation of his treachery, and the SS detachment at the Obersalzberg was ordered to place the Reichsmarschall under house arrest.

Following the Red Army advance on Berlin in April 1945, Göring moved to the South while Hitler, his personal secretary Martin Bormann and Josef Göbbels remained in the Führerbunker to lead the defense of the capital against the Soviets. Not long afterward, Hitler, who had by this time concluded Germany had lost the war, suggested that Göring would be better suited to negotiate peace terms.

When the Luftwaffe's chief of staff, Karl Koller, heard this from OKW operations chief Alfred Jodl, he immediately headed for the Nazi alpine resort in Berchtesgaden to deliver the news to Göring personally. If Göring was indeed to take over the negotiation of a peace settlement, Koller felt that there was no time to waste.

Although Göring had been looking forward for some time to the day he would succeed Hitler, he was taken by surprise at this development. He thought that if he waited to act, he would be accused of dereliction of duty. On the other hand, he feared being accused of treason if he did try to assume power.

Göring gathered Koller and Hans Lammers, the state secretary of the Reich Chancellery, and pulled his copy of Hitler's secret decree of 1941 from a safe. To all present, the wording was unambiguous—Göring was not only Hitler's designated successor, but was to act as his deputy if Hitler ever became incapacitated. All agreed that by staying in Berlin, Hitler faced certain death and had incapacitated himself from governing. Therefore, they believed, Göring had a clear duty to assume power as Hitler's deputy.

On 23 April, Göring sent a carefully worded telegram asking Hitler to confirm that he was indeed to become the leader of Germany, in accordance with the 1941 decree. Göring added that if Hitler did not reply by 22:00 that night, he would assume Hitler had lost his freedom of action and would assume leadership of the Reich as Hitler's deputy.

Upon the telegram's arrival by radiogram from Obersalzberg at 00:56 on 23 April 1945, Martin Bormann, who controlled access to Hitler, seized upon it as evidence of 'treason' and Göring's attempt to launch a coup d'etat. While Walther Hewel (Joachim von Ribbentrop's liaison and a personal friend of Hitler's) attempted to justify Göring's action by saying the bunker's communications system could fail at any time and thus sever the command structure, Göbbels reinforced Bormann's argument by agreeing that it smelled of a coup.

According to Albert Speer's account, the Göring Telegram initiated an important crisis in Hitler's psychological breakdown which precipitated the political disintegration of military command and control in the ultimate stage of the destruction of the Third Reich.

Albert Speer wrote a detailed account of the Göring Telegram on the psychological disintegration of Hitler in his book, "Inside the Third Reich". The quotation below appears on pages 571-572 of the American edition of Speer's book.

". . . there was a flurry of excitement in the vestibule. A telegram had arrived from Göring, which Bormann hastily brought to Hitler. I trailed informally along after him, chiefly out of curiosity. In the telegram Goering merely asked Hitler whether, in keeping with the decree on succession, he should assume the leadership of the entire Reich if Hitler remained in Fortress Berlin. But Bormann claimed that Göring had launched a coup d’etat; perhaps this was Bormann’s last effort to induce Hitler to fly to Berchtesgaden and take control there. At first, Hitler responded to this news with the same apathy he had shown all day long. But Bormann’s theory was given fresh support when another radio message from Göring arrived. I pocketed a copy which in the general confusion lay unnoticed in the Bunker. It read:

To Reich Minister von Ribbentrop

I have asked the Führer to provide me with instructions by 10 p.m. April 23. If by this time it is apparent that the Fuehrer has been deprived of his freedom of action to conduct the affairs of the Reich, his decree of 29 June 1941, becomes effective, according to which I am heir to all his offices as his deputy. [If] by 12 midnight 23 April 1945, you receive no other word either from the Führer directly or from me, you are to come to me at once by air.

(Signed) Göring, Reich Marshal

Here was fresh material for Bormann. ‘Göring is engaged in treason!’ he exclaimed excitedly. ‘He’s already sending telegrams to members of the government and announcing that on the basis of his powers he will assume your office at twelve o’clock tonight, mein Führer'.

Although Hitler remained calm when the first telegram arrived, Bormann now won his game. Hitler immediately stripped Göring of his rights of succession – Bormann himself drafted the radio message – and accused him of treason to Hitler and betrayal of National Socialism. The message to Göring went on to say that Hitler would exempt him from further punishment if the Reich Marshal would promptly resign all his offices for reasons of health.

Bormann had at last managed to rouse Hitler from his lethargy. An outburst of wild fury followed in which feelings of bitterness, helplessness, self-pity, and despair mingled. With flushed face and staring eyes, Hitler ranted as if he had forgotten the presence of his entourage:

'I’ve known it all along. I know that Göring is lazy. He let the air force go to pot. He was corrupt. His example made corruption possible in our state. Besides he’s been a drug addict for years. I’ve known it all along'.

Apparently, Hitler knew about all of this, but never planned to do anything about it.

And then, with startling abruptness, he lapsed back into his apathy: ‘Well, all right. Let Göring negotiate the surrender. If the war is lost anyhow, it doesn’t matter who does it'. That sentence expressed contempt for the German people: Göring was still good enough for the purposes of capitulation.

After this crisis, Hitler had reached the end of his strength. He dropped back into the weary tone that had been characteristic of him earlier that day. For years he had overtaxed himself; for years, mustering that immoderate will of his, he had thrust away from himself and others the growing certainty of this end. Now he no longer had the energy to conceal his condition. He was giving up".

Upon learning of other communiqués between Göring and other officers which referred to his invocation of Hitler's secret testament, Hitler flew into a rage.

On 25 April, Hitler issued a telegram to Göring telling him that he had committed "high treason" and gave him the option of resigning all of his offices in exchange for his life. However, not long after that, Bormann ordered the SS in Berchtesgaden to arrest Göring.

With Göring sidelined, Bormann turned his attention to ousting Himmler. It was time for him to use his ace in the hole. He had known from late March 1945 that Himmler had begun negotiations with the Allies in Stockholm. His close friend Gen. Fegelein, Himmler’s representative in the Bunker, had kept him well informed.

Maximilian Egon Maria Erwin Paul Prinz zu Hohenlohe, during the Second World War.often tried to establish peace contacts for Hermann Göring and Heinrich Himmler. His proficient manner and his many contacts came him in good stead: he was received by Pope Pius XII; he knew Adolf Hitler, Winston Churchill, Carl Jacob Burckhardt, Diplomats, German and British high officials and many others.

In the summer of 1939, Hitler assured everyone, Britain and France would not intervene in a raid against Poland. Hohenlohe tried to destroy this illusion. He knew the mood in England from his own experiences and from conversations with the Foreign Office. He found an open ear with Hermann Göring, when he on 12 August brought him together with the son of Lord Runciman, Leslie. Hohenlode's warnings were also sent to Walter Hewel, liaison officer of the Foreign Office to Hitler. The latter was certainly not to be influenced.

While the Wehrmacht overran Poland in a few weeks starting in September 1939, Hohenlohe strove to prevent the spread of the fighting. In a conversation with an unknown Englishman in Bern it  became clear that there would be no negotiations with Hitler, but Göring seemed acceptable. Similar soundings led Hohenlohe, on 25 October 1939, to meet with British Group Captain Malcolm C. Christie an excellent Germany-expert, who prepared reports for both the Foreign Office and the Secret Service. Further discussions would follow. In December, he met with the new British ambassador to Switzerland, Sir David Kelly. This was also the first meeting of several. With these and other contacts Hohenlohe pursued always the line that Germany had to withdraw from its conquests and that Hitler Had to be disempowered. He also warned the German side, that the war would be long and would be made totally hopeless by the entrance of the United States.

After the occupation of Denmark and the conquest of Norway in April 1940 contacts broke off for the time being. With the western campaign in May and June 1940, however, the military situation changed dramatically: France, Belgium and the Netherlands were occupied, England directly threatened by an invasion. Hitler now expected a peace offer from England. This failed to materialize. On 14 July, Hohenlohe met with Kelly, and brought him a letter from Hewel with the concession that the British Empire would not be dismembered. Kelly accepted this eagerly, but  the Foreign Office but remained skeptical. After Hitler's peace offer of 19 July and its immediate rejection by Churchill, this thread was also destroyed.

In December 1940, Hohenlohe, equipped with a certificate of the SS, traveled on their behalf in Switzerland. Who his contact in the SS was at that time was unclear, probably it was Reinhard Höhn. From 1942 it was certainly Walter Schellenberg and no later than 1943, more probably earlier, Heinrich Himmler. Again, Hohenlode had several conversations with Kelly.

After a long break, finally in May 1942 in Madrid, he came into contact with the British military attaché William Wyndham Torr. Hohenlohe hinted that Himmler and his SS would be able to eliminate Hitler and Göring. Torr, however, could not be imagine  the much hated Himmler as a negotiating partner.Hohenlohe relented: Himmler could be dropped after the coup.

Half a year later, in December 1942, Carl Langbehn, commissioned by Himmler, was able to establish contact with the American secret service, the Office of Strategic Services (OSS) in Bern, headed by Allen Dulles.

Langbehn was aware that Himmler was interested in the idea of negotiating peace behind Adolf Hitler's back. He introduced him to Johannes Popitz in the summer of 1943, and Himmler conducted secret talks with him. Popitz sought to win Himmler's support for a coup d'état as the war was lost,  and tried to convince him to take part in attempts to negotiate with the Western Powers for an acceptable peace deal.

Hohenlohe conducted several talks with Dulles between January and December 1943.

On 15 January 1943, Allen Dulles was visited by an old acquaintance, Prince Maximilian Egon zu Hohenlohe-Langenburg, whose Liechtenstein passport allowed him to travel the world unimpeded.

The Prince had innumerable contacts with high officials across Europe, especially in Berlin, and most notably with Reichsführer-SS Heinrich Himmler, who orchestrated the Prince’s meeting with Dulles. The proposition that the Prince wished to float before Dulles was simple, if startling: in the name of civilization, Himmler’s SS would eliminate Hitler, after which Germany would join forces with the Western democracies in a global war against Soviet Communism. True to his methods, Dulles allowed himself to appear interested but made no commitment, keeping his options open for future dialogue with the SS and the Nazi hierarchy.
Among his other SS contacts was an Austrian aristocrat, SS Capt. Reinhard Spitzy, who was SS adjutant to Foreign Minister Joachim von Ribbentrop. Spitzy subsequently served with the Amt Ausland/Abwehr im Oberkommando der Wehrmacht (Foreign Affairs/ Supreme Command of the Armed Forces or OKW), or Abwehr—the German military intelligence organization, headed until February 1944 by the formidable Adm. Wilhelm Canaris. However, it was through the German Vice-consul in Zürich, Hans Bernd Gisevius, that Dulles gained a channel to the Abwehr. Canaris, known as the "Old Fox," had been the head of the Abwehr since 1935 and was one of the most enigmatic figures of the Third Reich. Fluent in several languages, he had been involved in intelligence work throughout his long naval career. He was a brilliant spymaster but he also ensured that his closest colleagues were not members of the Nazi Party. Since before the outbreak of war, Canaris had been active in the resistance movement of Germans attempting at first to frustrate and then to overthrow Hitler—a group known to the Gestapo as the Schwarze Kappelle (Black Orchestra) and to the OSS as "Breakers".

Canaris, like Heinrich Himmler, sought to discover the probable attitude of the Western Allies if and when Hitler was removed or killed. Canaris needed to know what support might be forthcoming for the conspiracy itself or in the political aftermath once the deed was done. However, Canaris’s attempts to sound out Washington and London about a possible future for a Germany without the Führer came to nothing. Neither leadership was willing to support any resistance movement inside Germany or any plot to kill Hitler and neither had any sympathy for conspirators whom President Roosevelt dismissed as "these East German Junkers".

On 23 April 1945, Himmler met directly with Count Folke Bernadotte, head of the Swedish Red Cross, at the Swedish consulate in Lübeck. Representing himself as the provisional leader of Germany, he claimed that Hitler would be dead within the next few days.

"In the situation that has now arisen I consider my hands free. I admit that Germany is defeated. In order to save as great a part of Germany as possible from a Russian invasion I am willing to capitulate on the Western Front in order to enable the Western Allies to advance rapidly towards the east. But I am not prepared to capitulate on the Eastern Front".

Bernadotte asked Himmler to put his proposal in writing, and it was passed onto Winston Churchill and Harry S. Truman. 

They rejected the idea, insisting on unconditional surrender

On the evening of 28 April, the BBC broadcast a Reuters news report about Himmler's attempted negotiations with the western Allies. Hitler, who had long believed Himmler was second only to Josef Göbbels in loyalty—calling Himmler "der treue Heinrich" (the loyal Heinrich)—flew into a rage about this apparent betrayal. Hitler told those who were still with him in the Bunker complex that Himmler's act was the worst treachery he had ever known and ordered his arrest.

The Reichsleiter had prepared a detailed dossier detailing Himmler’s treachery, which he would present to Hitler. Bormann had achieved his ultimate ambition—to destroy all competing candidates for the power and influence of being the Führer’s only unquestionably trusted deputy. It was something of a Pyrrhic victory, though, since on 25 April the Red Army completed its encirclement of Berlin and the Obersalzberg was comprehensively bombed by the Lancasters of No. 617 Squadron RAF, thereby rendering it useless as a bolt-hole during any planned escape to the south. The rush for the shelters probably saved Göring’s life, since his SS guards were on the point of executing him when the sirens sounded. The confirmation of Bormann’s total victory in the intrigues of the Nazi court came on 26 April, when Hitler promoted Gen. Robert Ritter von Greim to the rank of field marshal and appointed him commander in chief of the Luftwaffe. Bormann must have been ecstatic over Hitler’s first order to Ritter von Greim: he was to fly to Karl Dönitz’s headquarters at Plön and arrest Heinrich Himmler for treason. This was impossible, however, since Ritter von Greim had been badly wounded earlier that day by Red Army gunfire shortly before landing in Berlin in a plane piloted by the daredevil aviatrix Hanna Reitsch.

Although the bulk of the Reichsbank's holdings had been transferred to the Kaiseroda mine at Merkers, much still remained in Berlin, ostensibly to pay the city’s Wehrmacht defenders in cash. At a meeting between the Führer, Dr. Funk, and Bormann on 9 April, it had been decided to transfer the remaining gold and currency reserves of the Reichsbank to Bavaria. They were to be transported to the so-called "Bormann Bunker" in Munich, by road in a convoy of six Opel Blitz trucks and by two special trains code-named 'Adler' and 'Dohle'—[Eagle and Jackdaw]. The trains and trucks left Berlin on 14 April but took almost two weeks to arrive in Bavaria, due to the devastated road and rail networks and the chronic lack of gasoline.

Following the Operation Seraglio exodus of non-essential personnel from the Führerbunker on 22 April, Bormann instructed SS Gen. Kaltenbrunner to fly south in order to pursue Allen Dulles’s Operation Crossword. Kaltenbrunner decided that he should make his own arrangements for survival. In his capacity as head of the RSHA, he ordered SS Gen. Josef Spacil to take a party of SS troops to remove everything of value left in the vaults of the Reichsbank—securities, gems, and 23 million gold Reichsmarks, worth $9.13 million (approximately $110 million in today’s money). One of the last transport planes to get out of the city flew this loot to Salzburg in Austria. From there it was taken by truck to the high Tyrolean town of Rauris and buried on a wooded mountainside nearby. This largest armed robbery in history soon came to the notice of Martin Bormann, who commented to his confederate, "Gestapo" Müller, "Well, Ernst is still looking out for Ernst. It doesn’t mean much to the big picture. But find out where he has it taken. When it’s buried—and it will probably be in an Austrian lake close to his home—we might want one of our party Gauleiters to watch over it. Kaltenbrunner may never last the war out, and it would be useful to the party later".

In reality, by striking out on his own, Kaltenbrunner had signed his own death warrant, but he was still useful to Bormann as long as the talks with Dulles continued. The Allies recovered less than 10 percent of this enormous booty. The rest was used to finance the various escape networks for Nazi war criminals fleeing justice in the postwar years.

The final authorization for the implementation of Operation Crossword came in the form of three "highest priority signals" from Washington on the morning of 27  April 1945. It took two days for all the various representatives to meet and sign the actual surrender document for the German forces in Italy.

At 2:00 p.m. on 2 May 1945, a simultaneous Allied and German ceasefire came into effect in northern Italy.


Hitler Didn’t Die In A Berlin Bunker But Escaped In A Huge Nazi Cover-Up Claims Historian:
"The FBI Never Believed Hitler Was Dead"

Tim Butters
June 12, 2015

Hitler didn’t commit suicide in a Berlin Bunker but escaped Germany alongside his wife, Eva Braun, in an elaborate Nazi cover-up that the FBI were aware of, a historian has sensationally claimed.

Russia has also been implicated of hiding vital evidence that would have revealed to the world that the supposed bodies of Hitler and Braun were, in fact, murdered doubles.

The claims that Hitler didn’t die from a self-inflicted gunshot to the head after his wife took a lethal cyanide pill in 1945, but fled Berlin as part of a Nazi ruse, is elaborated on in a new documentary that claims since the Hitler hoax, post-World War II history has been an intricate tissue of lie upon lie.

According to journalist, author, and historian Gerrard Williams, two innocent lookalikes were murdered in Hitler and Braun’s stead, and ever since, the world has been victimized by a “duplicitous deception” that those in power are well aware of.

“I believe that in April 1945 the real Hitler along with Eva Braun were spirited out of the Bunker where they escaped. They did not die, we were lied to, we’re still being lied to.

Pointing to secret FBI documents as his source, Williams explained to the "Daily Express" that the American intelligence were investigating sightings of Hitler long after the end of war.

“I am pretty convinced two people probably did die in the Bunker at the end of April 1945 but they weren’t Hitler and Eva Braun. Two doubles replaced them and it was those who were murdered and their bodies disposed of later.

“The FBI never believed Hitler was dead, they looked for him around the world.”

The British Intelligence Services claim Hitler and his wife died on 30 April 1945, shortly after 2:30 p.m., and their bodies were burned.

However, the reports are based on third-party accounts and the deaths only confirmed "as conclusively as possible without bodies". Skeptics claim that any "eyewitness" evidence used to compile such reports were nothing more than what people chose to tell Soviet interrogators.

Sönke Neitzel, professor of history at the London School of Economics, is adamant that such reports are extremely unreliable.

“We know that prisoners who had been in the Bunker most likely lied to the Soviets when they were interrogated.

Professor Williams believes that the Russians’ failure to find the body of Hitler in the ruins of the Berlin Bunker casts serious doubts on the Nazi dictator’s actual death.

He added, “We are being sold a dummy".

“There are no bodies reported discovered in 1945 and this is something which amazes me.

"The theory of Hitler and Braun’s suicide is supported by eyewitnesses who actually never saw anybody get shot. They never see the Führer and Eva go into his private quarters in the Bunker. They see bodies coming out but nobody ever saw Hitler and Eva dead".

Despite claims made to the contrary during his initial interrogation, Erich Kempka later admitted that when Hitler and Eva Braun locked themselves in a room to commit suicide, he lost his nerve and ran out of the Führerbunker, returning only after Hitler and Braun were dead. By the time he returned to the Bunker, Hitler and Braun's bodies were already being carried upstairs for cremation.

"A short time after that SS-Sturmbannführer Linge (valet of the Führer) and an orderly whom I do not remember came from the private room of the Führer carrying a corpse wrapped in an ordinary field-gray blanket.

Based on the previous information from SS-Obersturmbannführer Günsche, I at once supposed that it was the corpse of the Führer. One could only see the long black trousers and the black shoes which the Führer usually wore with his field-gray uniform jacket".

While he was interned for several years in two Soviet POW camps in Strasberg and Posen, the Wehrmacht Surgeon-general, Major-General Walter Schreiber, had the opportunity to speak with four persons, each of whom had been present in the Bunker until Berlin fell to the Soviets

. While he was unable to draw any information on the subject of Hitler's fate out of the "arrogant" Wilhelm Mohnke

However, in a statement for Soviet authorities dated 18 May 1945, Mohnke wrote: "I personally did not see the Führer's body and I don't know what was done to it."

V. K. Vinogradov et al. (eds), "Hitler's Death: Russia's Last Great Secret from the Files of the KGB", Chaucer Press, London, 2005

 Hitler's pilot Hans Baur told him only that he had never seen Hitler dead.

During the last days of the war, Hans Baur was with Hitler in the Führerbunker, and was one of the last persons to see him alive. Baur stayed with him until Hitler committed suicide on the afternoon of 30 April.

Heinz Linge and Otto Günsche were more forthcoming. Linge told him that he "did not see Hitler, but toward the end noticed two bodies wrapped in carpet being carried out of the Bunker".

Linge told Schreiber that while at the time he had assumed the bodies to be those of the Hitler couple, only later had he been told that this was the case.

This admission is astounding, because Linge is the one person mentioned by all eyewitnesses as having carried Hitler's body up the stairs and into the Chancellery garden.

Although Hitler's valet, SS-Sturmbannführer Heinz Linge, was captured at the same time as  Günsche, his interrogation statements are not included in "Hitler's Death" and have never been made public. Given that Linge subsequently emerged as one of the central protagonists in the official story of Hitler's demise, this fact obviously raises questions about the pretensions of "Hitler's Death" to constitute virtually the last word on the subject.

Günsche, with whom Schreiber spoke only a short time after the regime fell, proved even more informative. Like Linge, Günsche admitted that he had never seen Hitler's dead body. He added the enigmatic comment: "Those things were all done without us". 

-- 'Persons Who Should Know Are Not Certain Hitler Died in Berlin Bunker', "Long Beach Press-Telegram", California, 10 January 1949

Such evidence is corroborated by General Helmuth Weidling, who told the Soviets on 4 January 1946: "After I was taken prisoner, I spoke to SS Gruppenführer Rattenhuber and SS Sturmbannführer Günsche, and both said they knew nothing about the details of Hitler's death".

Hans Rattenhuber was not present when Hitler killed himself on the afternoon of 30 April in the Führerbunker. He did not see Hitler's body until after it was wrapped in grey blankets and carried out of the office/sitting room where Hitler died. He was not one of those who took the body up the stairs and outside. Instead, Rattenhuber followed Heinz Linge, Otto Günsche, Peter Högl, Ewald Lindloff and several others outside and watched Hitler's body be burned.

-- Joachimsthaler, Anton (1999) [1995]. The Last Days of Hitler: The Legends, the Evidence, the Truth. Trans. Helmut Bögler. London: Brockhampton Press

-- "Hitler's Death"

On the basis of Schreiber's and Weidling's revelations, it can be regarded as certain that neither Günsche nor Linge, the two mainstays of the Hitler suicide legend, nor Mohnke nor Rattenhuber nor Baur, had anything to do with Hitler's death or knew anything about it. It would seem appropriate to conclude that no one who knew anything for certain about what happened to Hitler has ever spoken about it publicly. Hitler's inner circle in Berlin knew nothing about what had happened to him, and the stories they told publicly have been lies. They were either writing themselves into history or, as seems more likely, under pressure from their captors to make later statements to help buttress the Hitler suicide narrative. Indeed, it may well have been a condition of Linge's and Günsche's release from Soviet captivity in 1955 that they agreed to furnish such statements.

Dr. Walter Paul Emil Schreiber (21 March 1893 – 5 September 1970) was a German medical military officer in World War I, a Major General (Generalarzt) of the Medical Service of the Wehrmacht and a key witness against Hermann Göring during the Nuremberg Trials.

On 30 April 1945, while caring for wounded in a makeshift hospital in Berlin, he was taken prisoner of war by the Red Army and transported to the Soviet Union. On 26 August 1946, Schreiber appeared as a surprise witness at the Nuremberg Trials, giving evidence in support of the Soviet Chief Prosecutor, Roman Rudenko, against, Hermann Göring and Kurt Blome, who had been in charge of German offensive biological weapons development. A recording of his testimony at the trial can be found at the online archive of the Imperial War Museum. The transcript became part of the Nuremberg proceedings against German major war criminals. Dr. Schreiber, whose long-standing record against the use of offensive biological warfare and human experimentation was well established, was himself never charged or considered for prosecution on war crimes charges.

In fall 1948, Dr. Schreiber reappeared in the West with his wife, his son and one of his adult daughters, and presented himself to the Allied Control Authority in West Berlin. Dr. Schreiber was subsequently hired to work with the Counter Intelligence Corps and beginning in 1949 was employed as post physician at Camp King, a large clandestine POW interrogation center in Oberursel, Germany.

In 1951, Schreiber was taken to the United States as part of Operation Paperclip.

On 7 October 1951 the "New York Times" reported that he was working at the Air Force School of Medicine at Randolph Air Force Base in Texas.

Schreiber, did not seek contract renewal, and left Texas for the Bay Area of California, where one of his daughters now lived. Thereafter the Joint Intelligence Objectives Agency arranged a visa for him through an Argentinian general and he was provided with moving funds for himself and his family. On 22 May 1952 they were flown on a military aircraft to New Orleans and from there to Buenos Aires where he joined another daughter.

In Argentina, he worked as a physician and at an epidemiological research laboratory. He researched family history and compiled his journals. He died suddenly of a heart attack on 5 September 1970 in San Carlos de Bariloche, Río Negro, Argentina


   San Carlos de Bariloche some 750 miles southwest of Buenos Aires

   Villa Angostura near San Carlos de Bariloche

Over two decades after the end of the war, the Russians recovered a jawbone that was said to have matched Hitler’s dental records, and the rumours and conspiracies involving a Nazi cover-up and Hitler’s escape were all but silenced.

In 2009, DNA testing by American researchers on a skull fragment long thought by Soviet officials to belong to Hitler turned out to belong to a woman less than 40-years-old.

Doubts on the authenticity of the notorious Hitler jawbone were subsequently cast, but the Russian government is refusing to allow tests on any more of Hitler’s supposed body parts.

Hitler’s private secretary, Martin Bormann, is thought to be the man behind the Nazi conspiracy to fake Hitler’s death. And as far as Professor Williams is concerned, the deception pulled the wool over everyone’s eyes.

“And that’s it – end of history, end of Hitler. After these deaths everybody thought this is what’s happened. If you tell a lie often enough and loudly enough it becomes the truth, and in this case what the world accepted as the truth is this lie.”

One conspiracy theory has Hitler fleeing to the South Pole, which the Nazis were said to have earmarked for colonization. However, perhaps the most popular conspiracy is that Hitler fled to Argentina and then Paraguay before settling in Brazil.

In a book published last year, author Author Simoni Renee Guerreiro Dias claims Hitler actually died in 1985, aged 95, in South America. The author also claims that Hitler had a black girlfriend to cover up his fascist background and then produced a photograph to prove it.

Apparently, Hitler lived and died in Nossa Senhora do Livramento, but Candido Moreira Rodrigues, a history professor at Mato Grosso’s Federal University, told the "Daily Mail" such theories are commonplace.

“There’s nothing new in people who claim to be historians coming up with the most far-reaching theories about Hitler supposedly living in south America and subsequently dying in one of the countries in this region.

Top story Professor: Hitler Escaped Germany in 1945
By Stuart Hooper
21st Century Wire
June 22, 2015

What were once considered wild, alternative theories on the end of the Nazi regime are now being confirmed by expert professors at the world’s top universities..

Professor of history at the world-famous London School of Economics, Sönke Neitzel, believes eyewitness accounts used to compile the British report into Hitler’s death are entirely unreliable.

According to the official story, Hitler shot himself in the head and Eva Braun, his wife, took a cyanide pill in their bunker after suffering defeat in April 1945. Both of their bodies were burned beyond recognition.

That official story is now under attack as academics, like Nietzel, claim the two corpses were actually body doubles. Historian and Professor Gerrard Williams said, ‘they did not die, we were lied to, we’re still being lied to’.

Williams also claims that FBI documents reveal the agency was searching for Hitler and chasing leads years after his alleged ‘death’ in the Bunker.

British Intelligence Services published the official report, which was mostly based on secondary accounts, and even includes an admission that it was produced  'as conclusively as possible without bodies’.

Williams’ says the official story ‘is supported by eyewitnesses who actually never saw anybody get shot’, and, that nobody ever saw Hitler and Eva’s bodies; just two charred corpses.

He went on to say that ‘if you tell a lie often enough and loudly enough it becomes the truth, and in this case what the world accepted as the truth is this lie’.

Some believe that Hitler escaped to Argentina, while others claim he made it to the grand old age of 95 in Brazil. More radical theories point to a fortified installation at the South Pole in a location known as New Swabia, where Germany sent expedition forces to in 1939.

What do YOU think happened to the Nazi leader? More importantly, with all of our contemporary problems, does it even matter?

In allegations set to debunk one of the biggest slices of world history, Russia is also accused of hiding vital evidence proving the Führer and his wife Eva Braun fled in disguise.

Two corpses found after the Second World War reported to be those of Hitler and Braun were in fact murdered body doubles.


Did Hitler Escape to South America?
By Christopher Condon
21 June 2014

During the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, the Argentine province of Patagonia became a popular destination for German immigrants. Patagonia had a great deal to offer. Roughly the size of Texas but much more sparsely populated, Patagonia was a place where German immigrants could start from scratch and, instead of assimilating into another culture, create a society of their own. As time passed and more and more Germans moved to Patagonia, German became the principal language in many of the schools, and the German flag was often flown in preference to the Argentine flag. Many of the local German businesses went so far as to hire only German immigrants instead of native Argentines.  It might seem remarkable that the central government in Buenos Aires would sit back and allow Patagonia to become virtually a German colony.  Buenos Aires, however, was not minding the store. The Argentine Government kept such a low profile in Patagonia in those days that a traveler working his way through Patagonia might not have known that it was a province of the nation of Argentina.

In the 1920’s and 1930’s, many Patagonian Germans supported the emerging National Socialist movement in Germany, led by Adolf Hitler. As National Socialism advanced more and more in Germany, German schools and other institutions in Patagonia started to display pictures of Hitler, the Nazi Swastika, and other Nazi paraphernalia. Some critics accused Hitler of planning to formally annex Patagonia as a German colony, but Hitler strenuously denied this.

It is not surprising that with the defeat of Nazi Germany in 1945, many Nazi officials fled Europe and found a warm welcome in Argentina, then led by Juan Peron, a dictator and admirer of Hitler. In addition to his sympathy with the Nazi ideology, Peron had selfish reasons to take the Nazis in. The ambitious Peron, who ruled the eighth largest nation on earth in terms of land area, believed that the German refugees would bring with them extensive scientific and military technology that might enable Argentina to dominate South America or even become a world power.

Now just as some Nazis were settling in Argentina, others were settling in neighboring Paraguay, a country that in those days was ruled by Alfredo Stroessner, the son of a German immigrant and, like Peron, a Nazi sympathizer. When Peron was overthrown in 1955 and the climate in Argentina became less friendly to the Nazis, many Nazis who had initially settled in his country moved next door to Paraguay, where Stroessner continued to rule unhindered.

Could the fallen German dictator, Adolf Hitler, have been among those Nazis who found refuge in South America?

To most historians, the idea is preposterous because everyone knows that Hitler committed suicide in an underground Bunker in Berlin at the very end of WWII.  But the notion that Hitler had fled Europe did not seem preposterous at the time. Did not Admiral Dönitz, the head of the German Navy, once state that the German Navy had prepared a safe haven for Hitler somewhere in the world in the event that Hitler’s position in Europe became untenable? In the immediate aftermath of the war, there was world-wide speculation that Hitler had escaped. For example, on 17 July, 1945, the "Chicago Sun Times" reported that that Hitler was still alive and living on a ranch in Argentina. Some well-informed persons in high places, notably General Dwight Eisenhower and Soviet dictator Josef Stalin, took these reports quite seriously. The latter adamantly insisted until he died in 1953 that Hitler had escaped to either Spain or Argentina. But these doubters were increasingly ignored and the view that Hitler had committed suicide in Berlin became the official view and eventually hardened into dogma. Now and again, a few people in South America claimed to have seen Hitler on their continent, but these sightings were regarded in the same light as sightings of Elvis Presley are today.

But the case for Hitler’s suicide had never been airtight. No one had seen Hitler commit suicide and no one had recovered his body. The closest thing to hard evidence of Hitler’s demise that anyone ever had was a skull fragment that was found near the place where he supposedly committed suicide. Scientists from the University of Connecticut, however, have since proved that this fragment belonged to a woman and therefore could not have come from Hitler. Two witnesses did claim to have seen his dead body after he allegedly committed suicide. These accounts, however, are questionable for two reasons. First, they differ greatly in key details, making one suspect that either or both of them are unreliable. Did these two witnesses really see Hitler’s dead body, or were they merely told to say so and did they then fail to co-ordinate their stories?

The familiar narrative of the Third Reich's last days suggests that measures for dealing with Hitler's death were cobbled together more or less at the last minute as Soviet troops threatened the Reich Chancellery itself. But this view is nonsense. Hitler's fate was the subject of planning that stretched back at least until 22 April 1945. That day, Dr Josef Göbbels told General Ferdinand Schörner: "The least that I can do is ensure that the Führer's corpse does not fall into the hands of the enemy as a trophy".

Since the Germans were committed to ensuring that Hitler's body would never be recovered by the enemy, it made no sense at all for them to place it in a location so close to the Führerbunker that it could not possibly be overlooked. It also made no sense to inter it in the same grave as a female body that would be able to be identified as Eva Hitler's. Anyone whose mission was to conceal Hitler's corpse would hardly have chosen to inter it with another that provided a blatant clue as to its identity. This is, rather, what someone would do who wanted a decoy body instantly mistaken for Hitler's.

Two further circumstances would seem to prove that we are dealing with a hoax. First, according to the Soviet autopsy report, the corpse was missing its right-side ribs and its left foot. While this doesn't prove that the corpse wasn't Hitler's, it does establish that the familiar story of Hitler committing suicide in the Bunker and his corpse being carried up to ground level to be cremated and buried immediately afterwards is either wrong - or it's not Hitler's. After all, Hitler's right ribs and left foot can hardly have fallen off on the way up the stairs. Second, the corpses discovered by the Soviets cannot have been cremated in the open air, as eyewitnesses maintained.

According to W. F. Heimlich, a former intelligence officer who in 1947 was a high official in the American administration of Berlin, the corpses would probably have had to be burned in a closed crematory to achieve the condition of almost total disintegration in which they were found. 

In a statement for Soviet authorities dated 18 May 1945, Wilhelm Mohnke wrote: "I personally did not see the Führer's body and I don't know what was done to it".

Heinz Linge told Wehrmachtsurgeon-general, Major-General Walter Schreiber,  that he "did not see Hitler, but toward the end noticed two bodies wrapped in carpet being carried out of the Bunker". Linge told Schreiber that while at the time he had assumed the bodies to be those of the Hitler couple, only later had he been told that this was the case. This admission is astounding, because Linge is the one person mentioned by all eyewitnesses as having carried Hitler's body up the stairs and into the Chancellery garden. Like Linge, Otto Günsche admitted that he had never seen Hitler's dead body. He added the enigmatic comment: "Those things were all done without us."

On 20 June 1945, Hermann Karnau, an eyewitness to the alleged cremation of Adolf and Eva Hitler, claimed to have been certain that one of the bodies was that of Hitler. He told the reporters that he had been able to recognize Hitler by his "by his brown uniform and his face" and, in particular, by his distinctive moustache.

On 4 July 1945, Erich Kempka made a further statement in which he insisted that Karnau couldn't have seen Hitler's moustache because "[t]he upper part of Hitler's body was fully covered by a blanket". He admitted that, despite claims made to the contrary during his initial interrogation, that when Hitler and Eva Braun locked themselves in a room to commit suicide, he lost his nerve and ran out of the Führerbunker, returning only after Hitler and Braun were dead. By the time he returned to the Bunker, Hitler and Braun's bodies were already being carried upstairs for cremation.

"A short time after that SS-Sturmbannführer Linge (valet of the Führer) and an orderly whom I do not remember came from the private room of the Führer carrying a corpse wrapped in an ordinary field-gray blanket. Based on the previous information from SS-Obersturmbannführer Günsche, I at once supposed that it was the corpse of the Führer. One could only see the long black trousers and the black shoes which the Führer usually wore with his field-gray uniform jacket". 

The only other person who claimed to have seen Hitler's corpse is Harry Mengershausen, who recalled that, in early June 1945, he was taken from the prison in Friedrichshagen to an open pit in woods nearby in order to identify three corpses. Each of the corpses was by itself in a "small wooden casket". The corpses had been those of Hitler and Herr and Frau Göbbels. Mengershausen claims to have "clearly recognized" Hitler by the shape of the head, the distinctive shape of the nose and the missing feet. "From the distance" he had not been able to see if Hitler's jaw had still been there. The whole "viewing of the bodies" had lasted for less than two minutes.

Mengershausen is telling a story --in great detail-- that simply does not fit the circumstances. It is impossible that Mengershausen was able to detect the "distinctive shape of Hitler's nose". The nose, like all the other soft tissues of the face, the torso and the extremities, must surely have burned away during the relatively long cremation process. A skull that is exposed to strong heat can preserve its bony shape for quite some time, but not its distinctive features, which it takes from the soft tissue of the face.  Even in an open air cremation, all of the soft tissue and cartilage of the body disintegrate quickly so it was not possible for Hitler to be recognizable.

Mengershausen's  testimony makes no sense because after a cremation all that is left is calcified bones.

Secondly, if these witnesses really did see a dead body, was it Hitler’s body or that of someone else? Eyewitnesses tell of very drastic changes in Hitler’s personality during the closing days of WWII. The conventional interpretation of these changes is that Hitler was crumbling psychologically under the pressure of imminent defeat. But it has come to light that Hitler, like many controversial politicians through the years, had a double, a fact not known even to some of his closest associates.

Could it be that the changes observed in Hitler’s personality were merely the reflection of the fact that the real Hitler had fled and that his place had been taken by his double?

In recent years, a number of investigators have taken a new look at this matter, and many have come to the conclusion that Hitler did escape after all. What has brought about this shift is considerable new evidence that was not known to previous historians and investigators.

Much of this new evidence was dug up by Argentine journalist Abel Basti. Basti has been traveling up and down South America doing research on Hitler for many years and has published several books on this subject in the Spanish language. Recently, he combined all his findings into a new German language book entitled "Hitler Überlebte in Argentinien" (“Hitler survived in Argentina”). "Hitler Überlebte in Argentinien" also contains new research by Basti not published in any of his previous books as well as contributions from other writers.

Much of this new evidence consists in FBI files dating from the 1940’s and 1950’s and declassified at the end of the 1990’s. For example, a number of FBI documents dating from before the end of WWII express an official fear that even if Germany lost the war, Hitler could still escape justice by finding refuge in South America. Other FBI documents dating from after the end of WWII showed that the FBI continued to look for Hitler in South America long after he had supposedly committed suicide in Berlin. For example, three FBI documents dating from the late summer of 1945 suggested that Hitler was living on a ranch in the foothills of the Andes Mountains in western Argentina. Yet another FBI document from February 1955 mentions an eyewitness who claimed that he had seen Hitler in South America several years earlier. In fact, the FBI did not close its 700-page file on Hitler until 1970.

How can all this FBI activity be explained if Hitler had really committed suicide in 1945?

The Argentine Government, by the way, has still not declassified its own files relating to Adolf Hitler, intensifying our doubts regarding the official version of Hitler’s death. If Hitler had committed suicide before he even had a chance to reach South America, then what could the Argentine files possibly contain that would be worth keeping secret seventy years later? The need for secrecy, however, might make sense if after the war Hitler took up residence in Argentina under the protection of the Argentine Government.

Additional evidence for the escape of Hitler and other Nazis to South America is to be found in the sightings of German submarines off the coast of Argentina. It is not disputed that two German submarines appeared near the seaside resort town of Mar de la Plata, Argentina around two months after the war was over and all German military forces had supposedly surrendered to the Allies. In addition, other eyewitnesses saw other German submarines elsewhere along the Argentine coast. Some Argentines go so far as to insist that a defunct German submarine has long been stuck in the sand under the water off the Gulf of San Matias, and that this submarine can still be seen from the shore on those rare occasions when the ocean drops to an exceptionally low level.

There have been many additional eyewitnesses who claim to have seen not just German submarines but Hitler himself alive and well in South America after the war. A long list of perhaps 30 of these is given in the appendix to Basti’s book. Let us look at two of the very best.

When Catalina Gamero was a young girl in Argentina, she was continuously unwell in her home town. Her parents therefore thought it best to send her to live with Walter and Ida Eichhorn of LaFalda, Argentina, just outside Cordoba. Since LaFalda had a much drier climate than Catalina’s home town and was situated at a modest elevation, her parents thought that Catalina would do much better there than in her home town. For their part, the Eichhorns had no children of their own and were happy to take in Catalina. The Eichhorns could easily afford to do so because they had made a considerable fortune by owning and operating the Eden Hotel, a world class resort hotel in La Falda that in its heyday could compete with the finest hotels in North America and Europe.

Now the Eichhorns, who were German immigrants, had rather controversial political views. To be specific, they were passionate supporters of the National Socialist Party in general and Adolf Hitler in particular. In the early days of the National Socialist Party, the Eichhorns made huge financial contributions that played a role in the rise of the Nazi Party to power. Hitler was certainly very grateful to the Eichhorns for their contributions because he knew that without them he might not have come to power at all. Over time the Eichhorns became acquainted with Hitler on their annual trips to Germany. Eventually a friendship developed between Hitler and the Eichhorns. The closeness of the friendship is demonstrated by the fact that whenever the Eichhorns were in Germany, they stayed at the same hotel as Hitler and were free to visit Hitler in his hotel room whenever they pleased. They did not have to follow the normal protocol and wait to be announced by Hitler’s aides.

After Catalina Gamero had settled in with the Eichhorns, she became part of the family and took care of many of the household chores, including cooking. Now in 1949, the Eichhorns told Catalina that a male guest would soon be arriving who would spend several days in the upstairs bedroom. The Eichhorns said that their guest did not want to go down to the dining room to eat his meals, so they instructed Catalina to prepare three meals a day and take them upstairs to his room. Catalina followed the instructions and waited on the mysterious guest until he departed three days later. The very first time she saw him, she recognized him as the same Adolf Hitler whose photographs she had seen all over the Eichhorns’ home. Catalina further reported that after her adoptive father, Walter Eichhorn, passed away in 1961, Hitler called Ida Eichhorn once a week from his home in Mendoza, Argentina just to say hello and wish her well. Hitler continued this practice virtually up to the day Ida Eichhorn died in 1964.

Mafalda Falcon was born in Germany where as a young woman she took up the profession of nursing. During the early days of WWII, she worked in a field hospital run by the International Red Cross. There she looked after German soldiers who had been wounded during the French campaign. One day Adolf Hitler showed up at the hospital to visit the troops and give them encouragement. While Hitler was there, Falcon got a very good look at him. Although they did not exchange words, Falcon particularly noted his very unusual and unmistakable eyes.

After the war was over, Europe was in a terrible state and not a decent place in which to live. Falcon and her husband, however, were offered an opportunity to emigrate to Argentina, a paradise compared to postwar Europe. Needless to say, they took the opportunity, moved to Argentina, and settled in the province of Patagonia. Falcon resumed her career as a nurse by taking a job in a hospital in Comodoro Rivadavia, a small city on the Atlantic Ocean. Now while Falcon was working in this hospital, a former German soldier who had been wounded in the war was admitted for follow-up treatment. During the time that this former German soldier was Falcon’s patient, a group of three German men arrived at the hospital to visit him and wish him well. When Falcon observed these three men at a distance of about 10 feet, she immediately identified one of them as the same unforgettable Adolf Hitler that she had seen in a German hospital years earlier. Without putting words into the patient’s mouth or attempting to lead him, she asked the German soldier who this man was, and the patient immediately confirmed that it was indeed Hitler whom she had seen.

It is possible to trace Hitler’s meanderings in South America to some extent. According to Basti, Hitler landed along the coast of Argentina in the late spring of 1945 and went first to the remote San Ramon Ranch on Lake Nahuel Huapi, near the budding Andean resort town of San Carlos de Bariloche. The San Ramon Ranch was a huge tract of contiguous land assembled from purchases over the years by German immigrants. Because of the size of the San Ramon Ranch and the fact that it was entirely under German control, it would have been easy for someone with connections to the local German population to live there undetected. While in the same area, Hitler may also have stayed for a time in a mysterious house right on Lake Nahuel Huapi. This was no ordinary house. Unlike most houses, this one came equipped with all sorts of elaborate security devices. Because of its unusual appointments, some investigators believe that this house, which still stands today, was built specially for Hitler on the orders of Juan Peron. Like the aforementioned San Ramon Ranch, the lake house would have been a good choice for someone who wanted to live a quiet life undetected. It was not accessible by car. To reach it, visitors had to park their cars on the other side of the lake from the house and then cross the lake by boat. The house could also be reached without taking a boat at all, but only by those hardy enough to hike all the way around the lake. In addition to the aforementioned locations, Hitler probably lived for a time in Mendoza and Paraguay. It is not clear whether he ever visited Buenos Aires or Brazil.

Argentinean journalist and author Abel Basti claimed in his 2003 book "Hitler In Argentina":

"Adolf Hitler lived in Patagonia, in southern Argentina, after fleeing Germany in 1945".

Hitler and his lover, Eva Braun, did not commit suicide - rather, they fled to Argentina's shores aboard a submarine and lived for years in the vicinity of San Carlos de Bariloche, a tourist site and ski haven about 1,350 kilometers (810 miles) southwest of Buenos Aires, according to the journalist." 

Basti reproduces documents, affidavits, photographs and blueprints aimed at steering the reader (or visitor) to the sites that sheltered Hitler, Martin Bormann, Josef Mengele and Adolf Eichmann.

He is displeased when asked if his book challenges the official story of the Hitler/Braun suicide, saying that the corpses of Hitler and his lover were never found, as is the case with other Nazis who allegedly committed suicide. "The only 'official' story is the report made by General Zhukov (commander of the Soviet armies that occupied Berlin) to the Kremlin, stating that Hitler and several Nazi leaders had escaped, presumably to Spain or the Americas, and this is what Stalin advised the U.S. government," he retorted.

Basti's book includes a photo of the Incalco Ranch (In the language of the indigenous Nahuel people of Argentina, Incalco means near the water), located in Villa la Angostura on the shores of Lago Nahuel Huapi (Lake), 80 kilometers (50 miles) north of Bariloche. This was the refuge chosen by Argentinian Nazis to hide Hitler and Eva Braun.

"This residence, set amidst a pine forest and which can only be reached by boat or hydroplane, belonged to Argentinean businessman Jorge Antonio, one of the most trusted aides of two-time president Juan Domingo Peron".  

Basti makes mention of Rodolfo Freude, son of Ludwig Freude, the German millionaire, as a key player, in his capacity as Peron's secretary, in placing former Nazis in Argentina, among them (Adolf) Eichmann, who was captured in 1960 outside Buenos Aires by Israeli commandos and was executed two years later in Israel. The book's author, having been involved in several Nazi-related investigations with European television networks, claims that Hitler also lived at Hacienda San Ramon, 10 kilometers (6 miles) east of Bariloche, which belonged at the time to the (German) principality of Schaumberg-Lippe.

"There is numerous and reliable evidence that Nazis fled to Argentina, with the arrival of Nazi U-boats in Patagonia," he noted, recalling the "vital assistance" offered by Peron's government at the time 'to admit the Führer's henchmen into that country.

Basti, who lives in Bariloche and initiated his research into the relocation of Nazis to the picturesque city, claims to have the accounts of passengers aboard the U-boats, Nazis who reached Patagonia--accounts which will constitute the basis of his second book.

Basti launched a new book "In the Footsteps of Hitler" which reiterates that Hitler did not commit suicide but escaped to Argentina with false identities, including Bruno Kurt Kirchner.

The book, which summarizes 20 years of work of the journalist explains that Hitler fled Berlin, arriving by submarine to Argentina Patagonia, where he lived under the name of Adolf Schüttelmayor .

During the governments of Juan Domingo Perón (1946-1955) , Hitler lived at Hacienda San Ramon, about 15 kilometers from Bariloche, where he arrived by train from the Patagonian coast . 

The testimonies cited in the book that corroborate the presence of the Führer in the region, are numerous.

One is  that of Heloise Lujan, who was one of the "taster" of the food that was served to the Nazi to ensure that this was not poisoned, and that of Angela Soriani, niece of Hitler 's cook, Carmen Torrentegui in the time he spent in the southern farm.

In "In the Footsteps of Hitler" Basti quotes a Brazilian former soldier, who noted that Adolf Hitler died on 5 February 1971 and is buried in a crypt in Paraguay, where today stands a "modern and exclusive hotel".

Inasmuch as Hitler was born in 1889, he could not still be alive today. Exactly when, where, and how Hitler died, however, remains a mystery. We suspect from his reported weekly telephone calls to Ida Eichhorn that he was still alive in Mendoza in late 1964. Since the FBI closed its file on Hitler in 1970, it is likely that Hitler died somewhere in South America sometime between late 1964 and 1970. And what became of Eva Braun, who had accompanied him to South America? She was 23 years Hitler’s junior and was rumored to be living in the swanky Recoleta neighborhood of Buenos Aires as late as the 1990’s. In fact, Eva Braun could just possibly be alive today. If an investigative reporter were to track her down in a South American nursing home at the ripe old age of 102, it would certainly be the shocker of the century and maybe the millennium.

There is reason to suspect that Hitler had children. There have been rumors that Hitler left behind a son who eventually did advanced studies of some sort under an assumed name in Switzerland and today lives in the South American nation of Brazil. A law firm in Buenos Aires told Abel Basti on condition of anonymity claims that it is acquainted with and knows the whereabouts of a daughter of Hitler. Around 1985, a woman claiming to be a daughter of Adolf Hitler and Eva Braun visited a non-governmental charitable organization in Argentina known as the Center for Legal and Social Studies (CELS). She asked for legal assistance, was interviewed once, and then told to return later for another interview. Unfortunately, she never showed up for the follow-up interview and her current whereabouts are unknown. But the woman who interviewed her looked at photographs of Eva Brain, and said that there was a striking resemblance between her and the mysterious woman who had claimed to be Hitler’s and her daughter. If Hitler did indeed leave behind children, they might be reluctant to come forward and identify themselves. But as WWII recedes more and more into the past and passions die down, they might eventually do just that.

"Among that set of documents which contained the marriage certificate -it was found at Tegernsee- was the photograph of a boy, estimated to be between eleven and twelve years of age, and this at once revived a story that Hitler and Eva Braun did, in fact, have a son. It became a popular theory, for it explained to many puzzled minds why Hitler lent himself to the ceremony.

"The boy bore sufficient resemblance to Hitler -his eyes and hair were dark, and he had the same deeply thoughtful frown- to cause Allied Intelligence officers, especially the Americans, to begin enquiries. This had not been the first suggestion that Eva Braun had a son, although it had not before been suggested that Hitler was the father.

"The Russians had long before found a photograph of Eva Braun with a boy aged about four years old, and many journalists had tried in vain to see it at the Russian Kommandantura.

"Many photographs were found showing Hitler and Eva Braun with children. All the children could be identified as being those of officials of the party, excepting one in the photograph found at Tegernsee, although Hoffmann, who introduced Eva to the Führer, gave his expert opinion that this boy was the son of Bormann. Hoffmann, who knew Eva as well as anyone, stated categorically that she had never had a child. So did her parents. The mystery of the child gave many people -Intelligence officers, police, private detectives, and journalists- many sleepless nights. In their opinion the identity of that boy might explain an act which history would one day represent as being as dramatic as any since the death of Antony and Cleopatra."

--Lieutenant-Colonel Byford-Jones, W. "Berlin Twilight" Hutchinson [1947]

"Russian. English and American officials in Germany are searching for a five-year-old boy and a four-year-old girl, reported to be the children of Hitler and Eva Braun, says the "Daily Express" man in Stockholm.

"Children are reported to be staying with a distant relative of Eva Braun's mother in Southern Bavaria".

-- The Daily News (Perth, WA : 1882 - 1950)
11 June 1945

The contemporaneous belief that a 12-year-old son of Adolf Hitler and Eva Braun had escaped to Czechoslovakia under the name Friedrich Schulz simply added grist to the Soviet propaganda machine.

"It is supposed that [Martin] Bormann's aide-de-camp Friedrich Wilhelm Paustin [SS Standartenführer Wilhelm Zander] tried to deliver Hitler's last will and the boy's photograph to Eva Braun's family," recorded the Soviet news agency TASS about Hitler's son in 1946.

Hitler's fake suicide; Hitler and Eva Braun's children reportedly living in Bavaria.

-- "Hitler is Alive!" - National Police Gazette - December 1951

If Hitler and several thousand highly ranked Nazis secretly escaped from Berlin toward the end of WWII, it is difficult to see how they could have done so without the knowledge of the United States Government. The growing number of investigators who believe that Hitler and many of his associates did escape suspect that it was by submarine that they made their way from Northern Europe to South America. By the end of the war, the United States Government had developed the ability to track any and all enemy ships on the Atlantic Ocean. It is difficult to see how they could have failed to notice a large convoy of German submarines, especially when those submarines would have had to surface and refuel at least once along the way.  So if the German submarines made it all the way to South America without being stopped, they must have had the tacit approval of somebody with authority in Washington.